Harmonized - Curriculum - National Modularization

NATIONAL MODULAR CURRICULUM
FOR THE DEGREE OF

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE (BSc)
IN PHYSICS
Hagos Woldeghebriel (PhD.) Chairperson

Department of Physics, Mekelle University
Tadesse Tenaw (MSc.) Secretary

Department of Physics, Debre Markos University
February 2013
ADDIS ABABA
ETHIOPIA
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics
Participants in the Harmonization of Modularized Physics BSc Program

No. Name University E-mail
1 Abebe Getachew Hawassa abebegech@yahoo.com

2 Alemayehu Nana Samara alulanana@gmail.com
3 Afrash Ejigu Bahir Dar afrash nahi@yahoo.com
4 Ambachew Abeje Arba Minch ambnehabe21@gmail.com
5 Dejene Ambisa Wolaita Sodo dejeneambisa1@gmail.com
6 Dessalegn Tefera Debre Berhan desale2000@yahoo.co.uk
7 Endalamaw Dessie Medawelabu endalamawmwu@gmail.com
8 Gebeyehu Dirbeba Mettu gebe.badho2@gmail.com
9 Gelana Chibsa Jimma gelanacj@yahoo.co.uk
10 Gidey Gebrehiwot Adigrat gdy5zu@gmail.com
11 Haftamu Gebremariam Aksum haftamu0914@yahoo.com
12 Haftu Brhane Haromaya haftuberhane@gmail.com
13 Hagos Woldeghebriel Mekelle hagos93@mu.edu.et
14 Hayelom Meresa Dire Dawa hayetmere@yahoo.com
15 Kebede Legesse Wollega kebedelegesse@gmail.com
16 Lemi Demeyu Addis Ababa lemidd@yahoo.com
17 Matewos Tulore Wachamo mathew tulore@yahoo.com
18 Sintayehu Mekonnen Arba Minch smh8722@yahoo.com
19 Tadesse Desta Jigjiga teklay1995@yahoo.com
20 Tadesse Tenaw Debre Markos yos.tadesse70@yahoo.com
21 Woubshet Bahru Dilla woubshetbs@yahoo.com
22 Yahya Ali Gondar yahya3075@yahoo.com
Page 2 of ??
Contents
1 Background 1
2 Rationale of the Modular Curriculum 1
3 Program Objectives 2
4 Graduate Profile 3
5 Professional Profile 4
6 Program Requirements 4
6.1 Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
6.2 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
6.3 Grading Scale and Letter Grade System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
6.4 Degree Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
7 Teaching-Learning Methods 6
8 Module Selection and Sequencing 6
8.1 Coding of Modules and Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
8.1.1 Module Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
8.1.2 Course Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
9 Module Details 7
9.1 Selection of Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
9.1.1 Compulsory Physics Modules: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
9.1.2 Elective Physics Modules: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
9.1.3 Physics Service Courses: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
9.1.4 Supportive Modules: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
9.1.5 General Education Modules: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

9.2 Sequencing of Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
9.2.1 Year 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
9.2.2 Year 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
9.2.3 Year 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
10 Quality Assurance 13
10.1 PHYSICS COMPULSORY MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Fundamental Physics Module (Phys-M1011) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Optics Module (Phys2021) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Mathematical Methods of Physics Module (Phys-M2031) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Classical Mechanics Module (Phys-M2041) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Nuclear Physics Module (Phys-M2051) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
Introduction to Solid State Physics and Electronics Module (Phys-M2061) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
Quantum Mechanics Module (Phys-M2071) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95
Electrodynamics Module (Phys-M3081) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Statistical Physics Module (Phys-M3091) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Sustainable Sources of Energy Module (Phys-M3101) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132
Introduction to Computational Physics Module (Phys-M3111) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
Research Methods and Senior Project Module (Phys-M3121) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
9.2 PHYSICS ELECTIVE MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Metrology Module (Phys-M3132) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
Nuclear Physics and Applications Module (Phys-M3142) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159
Solid State and Electronic Devices Module (Phys-M3152) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
Atmospheric and Space Physics Module (Phys-M3162) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
Astronomy Module (Phys-M3172) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204
Geophysics Module (Phys-M3182) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Stellar Physics Module (Phys-M3192) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224
Physics Teaching Module (Phys-M3201) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 234
Environmental Physics Module (Phys-M3212) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Introduction to Laser Physics Module (Phys-M3222) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242
9.3 PHYSICS SERVICE MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
Mechanics and Heat for Maths Module (Phys-M2233) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247
Mechanics and Heat for Chem and Geol Module (Phys-M1243) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252
9.4 SUPPORTIVE MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Basic Calculus in One VariableModule (Math-M1023) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Linear AlgebraModule (Math-M1041) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
9.5 GENERAL EDUCATION MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263
Basic English Skills Module (EnLa-M1013) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
Civics and EthicsModule (CESt-M1023) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264
1 Background
Physics, as one of the fundamental sciences, is concerned with the observation, understanding and predic-
tion of natural phenomena and the behavior of man-made systems. It deals with profound questions about
the nature of the universe and with some of the most important practical, environmental and technological
issues of our time. The scope of Physics is broad and encompasses mathematical and theoretical investigation,
experimental observation, computing technique, technological application, material manipulation and infor-
mation processing. Physics seeks simple explanations of physical phenomena based on universal principles
stated in concise and powerful language of mathematics. The principles form a coherent unity, applicable to
objects as diverse as DNA molecules, neutron stars, super-fluids, and liquid crystals. Findings in Physics have
implications in all walks of life ranging from the way we perceive reality to gadgets of everyday use.
Physicists constantly test the basic laws of nature by probing the unknown, the mysterious and the complex.
They also search for new laws at the frontiers of knowledge, systematically seek novel properties of matter.
They are alert to the possibility of applying physical idea and processes to new situations, and often the re-
alization of these possibilities has had revolutionary consequences. It is with the intention of producing such
physicists for the country that nationally harmonized curriculum has been developed and implemented in
2009.
The harmonized curriculum was developed based on needs assessment and the new 70:30 enrollment and
program mix policy. The harmonized curriculum was designed to comprise only the science field with the
intention that students who want to be teachers can be given professional certificates after having BSc degree
in Physics.
By virtue of its nature curriculum is dynamic. Anew study came from the Ministry of Education and pro-
fessionals that the harmonized curriculum, where ever it has been applied in the country, had a number of
limitations. In order to alleviate these limitations, a new and dynamic approach was required. It is indicated
that the new curriculum should be prepared taking into account that the limitations of the previous curricu-
lum should be critically addressed, such as changing the structure of the curriculum from knowledge-based to
competency-based structure. It should aim for a comprehensive curriculum that contributes significantly to-
wards the development of our country in a way that this important field plays a vital role for the advancement
of science and technology. In light of these recommendations, a guide line was developed by six Universities
facilitated by the Ministry of Education and was distributed to each of the public Universities in Ethiopia. Ac-
cordingly all universities developed a modular curriculum and discussed at cluster level. The Ethiopian public
Universities were organized in to seven clusters based on geographical proximity. According to the schedule
distributed by the Ministry of Education all clusters completed their clustering of courses and produce final
document until Meskerem 15 2005 EC (September 23 2012). The seven clustered Universities gathered twice in
Addis Ababa on Meskerem 23 to 25 2005 EC (October 1 - 3 2012) and Yekatit 12 to 15 2005 EC (February 19 - 22
2013) and produce this harmonized modular curriculum. The base for producing this harmonized curriculum
is
• the Guideline for Modularization to Ethiopian Higher Education Institutions prepared by the Consor-
tium of Six Universities
• the existing harmonized curriculum (clustering of courses in to a module with out loosing identity of a
course)
• trainings organized at respective Universities and by the experts from the Ministry of Education at na-
tional level on how to develop modular curriculum.
2 Rationale of the Modular Curriculum
There is a high demand in the country for graduates with a good background in Physics. It is hence found
essential to improve the BSc Physics curriculum so as to meet the required demand of the country. A strong
foundation in Physics is necessary for careers in industry, energy sector, medicine, climate prediction, environ-
mental management, teaching, and the IT sector. Thus, it is imperative that students be equipped with strong
Physics knowledge and skills which enable them to be productive. Curriculum development is also a dynamic
process which requires continuous assessment. Thus, updating and modularizing the harmonized curriculum
is vital to ensure the quality, standard and relevance in line with the objective conditions of the country. In line
with this, the program has taken the task of modularization the existing harmonized curriculum to produce
knowledgeable and skilled professionals with positive attitude and commitment to improve the contribution
of the sector for the national economy.
It has become very evident to structure the curriculum for the Bachelor of Science (BSc) Degree Program in
Physics for the following main reasons:
• Changing the structure of curriculum from knowledge-based to competency-based structure,

• Focus to be on know-how instead of know-what
• Changing teaching and learning from teacher centeredness to learner centeredness,
• Criterion of modularization is competency for work than accumulated disciplinary knowledge,
• Making the courses activity based (learning by doing),
• students can re-sit a unit rather than repeat the entire assessment; modular feedback enables students to
”remedy weaknesses” before the final examination;
• the assessment can be timed to match the point of learning within the course, making it easier for candi-
dates to show what they know, understand and can do;
• International competitiveness (standardization, quality assurance, credit transfer).
The Modular BSc curriculum:
• aims to cultivate physicists who combine a high level of numeracy with the ability to apply their skills
and experience.
• is designed to develop students awareness of the role of Physics in contemporary applications, together
with the skills of logical thought and a flexibility of mind that will help them continue their personal
development throughout their subsequent career.
• lays emphasis on the fundamentals of Physics, whilst offering students a wide range of final year options
that are intended to stimulate the versatility, knowledge and skills that employers look for in a Physics
graduate,
The introduction of modularization in the Physics Curriculum is the ideal opportunity to move to a learning
outcomes approach in stating the objectives of our educational activities and programs.
The harmonized physics modular curriculum places emphasis on :
• Physics
• Mathematics
• Computer Science and Engineering
• Problem Solving
• Science and Scientific Principles
• Research
• Communications
• Multi-disciplinary Teamwork
• Continuous Learning
• Leadership
• Ethics
• Preparation for Advanced Degrees in a broad variety of Physics related fields
3 Program Objectives
The Physics program prepares its graduates to:
• be ready to enter and complete programs of graduate study in physics and related disciplines.
Page 2 of ??
• perform as qualified professionals in a broad range of careers requiring scientific and technical knowl-
edge.
• be aware of their societal responsibilities as ethical and socially conscious individuals in their profession.
• have sufficient background knowledge and competency to understand and make use of developments
in basic science and technology throughout their professional lives.
• produce skilled manpower of well trained physicists capable of taking positions in the growing demand
of the various sectors of the economy such as various industries, and learning institutions, research
institutions, as well as various environmental conservation endeavors of the country;
• disseminate knowledge in physics and related areas through active participation in related professional
activities, such as Physical Society of Ethiopia, Regional Networking, Workshops, Symposium, and pro-
ducing publication;
• develop capabilities for the provision of consultancy and technical services as well as short term special-
ized training to both public and private sectors; and
• produce physicists who create job opportunities by applying the acquired knowledge and kills.
4 Graduate Profile
The Physics graduates are expected to acquire problem solving and abstract thinking skills. This makes Physics
graduates very desirable employees in a wide variety of areas like Education, Research, Medicine, Consult-
ing, Defense, Industry, and Journalism and other governmental and non governmental organizations. These
fundamental skills as well as training in practical subjects such as optics, lasers, computer interfacing, im-
age processing, geophysical and space exploration, weather forecasting and electronics also make them very
desirable employees in high tech companies, industries and research centers.
Having completed a BSc curriculum in Physics, students should be able to:
• have a solid knowledge and understanding of modern and classical Physics; along with the associated
mathematics and experimental techniques to become instructors at educational institutions;
• have preparedness to undertake a postgraduate program in Physics and other related multidisciplinary
postgraduate programs that require BSc in Physics;
• have the capability to work as professional physicists in scientific research; Physics-related careers in
industry, energy, public service or the media;
• be prepared to enter a wide range of professional careers that require and values the analytical, mathe-
matical and computational skills of a well-trained Physics graduate;
• have acquired an insight into, and have practice in basic methods of independent research;
• have developed the following discipline-specific skills:
– investigative skills, to design, carry out, analyze and evaluate experiments;

– experimental skills, to use equipment safely; carry out measurements with desired degree of accu-
racy in laboratories;
– mathematical skills appropriate to the subject;
– readiness to be trained in specific professions like Physics teaching, Physics curriculum design and
implementation
• have developed the following transferable skills:
– information retrieval skills, to gather and extract relevant information from books, journals and
other data sources;
– information technology skills, to collect, order, analyze and present data using computers and other
electronic systems;
– interpersonal skills, to communicate effectively with others, both in writing and orally, and to work
as part of a team;
– the ability to work independently and organize work to meet desired requirements;
– in developing local technologies and adapting technologies for local needs;
• have developed the following attitudinal attributes:
Page 3 of ??
– Value intellectual integrity, respect for truth and for the ethics of research and scholarly activity;
– Demonstrate environmentally conscious attitude;
– Conduct assigned and professional activities with integrity and professional ethics;
– Enthusiastic about scientific ideas, discovery and learning
– Self-discipline and an ability to plan and achieve personal and professional goals;
– Willingness to engage in constructive public discourse and to accept social and civic responsibilities;
– Respect for the values of other individuals and groups, and an appreciation of human and cultural
diversity;
• have capacity for logical, critical, and objective thinking;
• develop interest to work in group, make reliable decisions, have personal confidence, have sense of
responsibility and have the commitment to serve the community
• have personal confidence and prepared for life.
5 Professional Profile
After the completion of the BSc Modular Curriculum in Physics, the graduates are capable to undertake duties
and responsibilities:
• in teaching Physics in the high schools and preparatory schools;
• in science and technology agencies;
• in the Energy and Environment sector;
• as graduate assistants in Universities and Colleges;
• in collecting, analyzing and interpreting geophysical data;
• in space science research;
• in the areas of materials science technology and industry;
• in the radiation protection agency and in medicine as radiation expert;
• in the area of Meteorology
• in the agency for standardization and national quality control;
• in the media as Science communicator;
• working in the area of electronics and energy as a private employee;
• to undertake research for further studies in Physics related areas.
6 Program Requirements
6.1 Admission Requirements
To be admitted to the BSc program in Physics, a candidate should satisfy the general admission requirements of
the respective Universities and must have at least a pass grade in Physics and mathematics in the Department
Entrance Examination.
Page 4 of ??
6.2 Graduation Requirements

i) A student is required to take a minimum of 107 credit hours (180 EtCTS):
Modules/Courses Cr. Hrs EtCTS

Compulsory Physics 72 119
Elective Physics 9 15
Supportive 18 31
General Education 9 15
Total 108 180
NB Universities can have the opportunity to add a maximum of 10 EtCTS depending on their resources
and interest.
ii) The Maximum total credit hours taken by a student shall not exceed 113 cr.hrs and 190 EtCTS.
iii) The Minimum Cumulative Grade Points Average (CGPA) at the end should meet the value as specified
below:
Physics Cumulative Grade Point Average 2.00

Overall Cumulative Grade Point Average 2.00
No F and Fx in any of the courses
6.3 Grading Scale and Letter Grade System
The Grading Scale and Letter Grade System is given in table below
Raw Mark Corresponding Corresponding

Interval-[100 %] Fixed Number Letter Grade
Grade
[90,100] 4.0 A+
[85, 90) 4.0 A
[80, 85) 3.75 A−
[75, 80) 3.5 B+
[70, 75) 3.0 B
[65, 70) 2.75 B−
[60, 65) 2.5 C+
[50, 60) 2.0 C
[45, 50) 1.75 C−
[40, 45) 1.0 D
[30, 40) 0 Fx
[< 30) 0 F
6.4 Degree Nomenclature
Amharic: yúYNS ÆClR Ä!G¶ bðz!KS

English: Bachelor of Science in Physics
Page 5 of ??
7 Teaching-Learning Methods
Method of Teaching:
Presentation of modules/Courses is through lectures, tutorials, self-study (project works), problem solv-
ing, class and group discussions, assignments, laboratory demonstrations and hands-on exercises as
well as quizzes and tests to insure continuous assessment and student/learner centered approach. Mod-
ule/Course specific teaching methods will be given for each course.
Attendance Policy:
Regular, punctual class attendance is essential for the satisfactory completion of a module/course. Each
student is expected to attend all sessions, complete all assigned work, and take all examinations.
Assessment:
Assignments, report, end-of-semester examinations, dissertations, projects, etc. with their percentage
contribution to the final assessment is provided in each course with a module/course outline (which will
be available to students before the module begins).
8 Module Selection and Sequencing
In selecting and sequencing the courses in each module the following points were taken into account.
• The basis for clustering of courses is the Harmonized Physics BSc Program (HESC 2009).
• All course categories and course identities in the Harmonized physics Curriculum are maintained. i.e.
Modules are constructed by clustering the existing courses.
• The clustered modules are presumed to be forerunners of the fully integrated modules.
• The descriptions and expected outcome and time budget of each course is to be referred from the Har-
monized BSc physics curriculum.
8.1 Coding of Modules and Courses
8.1.1 Module Coding
Modules are coded by the first four letters of “Physics” (“Phys” appended by -M) followed by four digits:
• The first digit indicate the level of the module in terms of the year:
– 1 for first year module;

– 2 for second year module and
– 3 for third year modulee.
• The middle two digits indicate the serial number of the module in the program 01, 02, 03, . . . .
• The last digit indicate for type of the module:
– 1 for compulsory modules

– 2 for elective modules
– 3 for service modules
8.1.2 Course Coding
Courses are also coded by the first four letters of “Physics” (“Phys”) followed by four digits:
• The first digit indicate the level of the course in terms of the year:
– 1 for first year courses;

– 2 for second year courses and
Page 6 of ??
– 3 for third year course.
• The middle two digits indicate the serial number of the module in the program 01, 02, 03, . . . .
• The last digit indicate for serial number of the course in the module
9 Module Details
All modules offered in the program are described and detailed outline is given with approximate allotted time.
The various entries for a given module description are as follows:
Title: The descriptive title of the module.
Module Rational: Why the module is designed in the program.
Credits: The break down of the credit in terms of Lecture, Tutorial or Laboratory hours.
EtCTS: Ethiopian Credit Transfer and Accumulation System
Module Competency: Describes the skills and capabilities achieved by the student after completion of the
module.
Prerequisite: The module/knowledge that must be taken prior to the module.
Co-requisite: The module that must be taken along with the module.
Module Objective: What a student will be expected to have learned, as a result of successful completion of a
module.
Module Description: Describes the module coverage
Effective lecture hour: Equivalent to contact hours
Page 7 of ??
9.1 Selection of Modules
9.1.1 Compulsory Physics Modules:

Module Course title and code (Old) Course EtCTS
No Title of Module Crhrs EtCTS
Code Title Code Code (New) (total)
Mechanics Phys201 Phys1011 4 7
Experimental Physics I Phys211 Phys1012 2 3
01 Fundamental Physics Phys-M1011 20
Electromagnetism Phys202 Phys1013 4 7
Experimental Physics II Phys212 Phys1014 2 3
Wave and Optics Phys203 Phys1021 2 3
02 Optics Phys-M2021 Modern Optics Phys371 Phys2022 3 5 11
Experimental Physics III Phys312 Phys2023 2 3
Mathematical Methods Mathematical Methods of Physics I Phys301 Phys2031 3 5
03 Phys-M2031 10
of Physics Mathematical Methods of Physics II Phys302 Phys2032 3 5
Classical Mechanics I Phys331 Phys2041 3 5
04 Classical Mechanics Phys-M2041 10
Classical Mechanics II Phys432 Phys2042 3 5
Nuclear Physics I Phys382 Phys2051 3 5
05 Nuclear Physics Phys-M2051 8
Experimental Physics IV Phys411 Phys2052 2 3
Introduction to Solid State- Solid state Physics I Phys451 Phys2061 3 5
06 Phys-M2061 10
Physics and Electronics Electronics I Phys353 Phys2062 3 5
Modern Physics Phys242 Phys2071 3 5
07 Quantum Mechanics Phys-M2071 Quantum Mechanics I Phys342 Phys2072 3 5 15
Quantum Mechanics II Phys441 Phys2073 3 5
Electrodynamics I Phys376 Phys3081 3 5
08 Electrodynamics Phys-M3081 10
Electrodynamics II Phys476 Phys3082 3 5
Statistical Physics I Phys321 Phys3091 3 5
09 Statistical Physics Phys-M3091 10
Statistical Physics II Phys422 Phys3092 3 5
10 Sustainable Sources of Energy Phys-M3101 Sustainable Sources of Energy Phys461 Phys3101 2 3 3
11 Int. to Computational Physics Phys-M3111 Introduction to Computational Physics Phys402 Phys3111 3 5 5
12 Research Methods Phys-M3121 Research Methods and Senior Project Phys492 Phys3121 4 7 7
Page 8 of ??
9.1.2 Elective Physics Modules:

Metrology I Phys316 Phys3131 3 5
13 Metrology Phys-M3132 Metrology II Phys415 Phys3132 3 5 15
Metrology III Phys416 Phys3133 3 5
Nuclear Physics II Phys482 Phys3141 3 5
14 Nuclear Physics and Applications Phys-M3142 Radiation Physics Phys484 Phys3142 3 5 15
Introduction to Medical Physics Phys384 Phys3143 3 5
Solid State Physics II Phys452 Phys3151 3 5
15 Solid State and Electronic Devices Phys-M3152 Electronics II Phys454 Phys3152 3 5 15
Physics of Electronic Devices Phys456 Phys3153 3 5
Introduction to Plasma Physics Phys436 Phys3161 3 5
16 Atmospheric and Space Physics Phys-M3162 Introduction to Atmospheric Physics Phys439 Phys3162 3 5 15
Space Physics Phys463 Phys3163 3 5
Astronomy I Phys437 Phys3171 3 5
17 Astronomy Phys-M3172 10
Astronomy II Phys438 Phys3172 3 5
General Geophysics Phys369 Phys3181 3 5
18 Geophysics Phys-M3182 10
Exploration Geophysics Phys468 Phys3182 3 5
Stellar Physics I Phys434 Phys3191 3 5
19 Stellar Physics Phys-M3192 10
Stellar Physics II Phys435 Phys3192 3 5
20 Physics Teaching Phys-M3202 Physics Teaching Phys409 Phys3201 3 5 5
21 Environmental Physics Phys-M3212 Environmental Physics Phys367 Phys3211 3 5 5
22 Introduction to Laser Physics Phys-M3222 Introduction to Laser Physics Phys471 Phys3221 3 5 5
Page 9 of ??
9.1.3 Physics Service Courses:
23 Mechanics and Heat Phys-M2233 Mechanics and Heat for Mathematics Phys207 Phys2231 4 7 7
Mechanics and Heat for Chemists/Geologists Phys205 Phys1241 3 5
24 Basic Physics Phys-M1243 10
Electricity and Magnetism for Chemists/Geologists Phys206 Phys1242 3 5
9.1.4 Supportive Modules:

Calculus I Math261 Math1021 4 7
25 Basic Calculus in one variable Math-M1023 14
Calculus II Math262 Math1022 4 7
26 Linear Algebra Math-M1043 Linear Algebra Math325 Math1041 3 5 5
27 Basic Computer Skills CoSc-M1023 Int. to Computer Applications Comp201 CoSc1021 3 5 5
28 Introduction to Programming Comp-M3283 . . . Int. to Programming Comp271 Comp3281 . . . 4
9.1.5 General Education Modules:

Communicative English EnLa201 EnLa1011 3 5
29 Basic English Skills EnLa-M1013 10
Writing Skills EnLa202 EnLa1012 3 5
Page 10 of ??
30 Civics and Ethics CESt-M1023 Civics and Ethical Education CvEt202 CESt1023 3 5 5
9.2 Sequencing of Modules
9.2.1 Year 1
Year I, Semester I
Module Code Course Title Course code EtCTS Delivery Weeks
Phys-M1011 Mechanics Phys1011 7 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M1011 Experimental Physics I Phys1012 3 Parallel 1 – 16
Math-M1023 Calculus I Math1021 7 Parallel 1 – 16
EnLa-M1013 Communicative English EnLa1011 5 Parallel 1 – 16
CESt-M1023 Civics and Ethical Education CESt1021 5 Parallel 1 – 16
CoSc-M1023 Introduction to Computer Application CoSc1021 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Total 32
Year I, Semester II
Phys-M1011 Electromagnetism Phys1013 7 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M1011 Experimental Physics II Phys1014 3 Parallel 1 – 16
Math-M1023 Calculus II Math1022 7 Parallel 1 – 16
EnLa-M1013 Writing Skills EnLa1012 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Math-M1043 Linear Algebra Math1041 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M2021 Wave and Optics Phys1021 3 Parallel 1 – 16
Total 30
9.2.2 Year 2
Year II, Semester I

Phys-M2021 Modern Optics Phys2022 5 Block 1–8
Phys-M2021 Experimental Physics III Phys2023 3 Block 9 – 16
Phys-M2031 Mathematical Methods of Physics I Phys2031 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M2041 Classical Mechanics I Phys2041 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M2051 Nuclear Physics I Phys2051 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M2071 Modern Physics Phys2071 5 Block 1–8
Phys-M2071 Quantum Mechanics I Phys2072 5 Block 9 – 16
Total 33
Page 11 of ??
Year II, Semester II

Phys-M2051 Experimental Physics IV Phys2052 3 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M2061 Solid State Physics I Phys2061 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M2031 Mathematical Methods of Physics II Phys2032 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M2041 Classical Mechanics II Phys2042 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M2061 Electronics I Phys2062 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M2071 Quantum Mechanics II Phys2073 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Total 28
9.2.3 Year 3
Year III, Semester I

Comp-M3283 Introduction to Programming Comp3281 7 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M3091 Statistical Physics I Phys3091 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M3081 Electrodynamics I Phys3081 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M3101 Sustainable Sources of Energy Phys3101 3 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M3. . . Physics Elective I Phys3. . . 5 Block 1–8
Phys-M3. . . Physics Elective II Phys3. . . 5 Block 9 – 16
Total 30
Year III, Semester II

Phys-M3121 Research Methods and Senior Project Phys3121 7 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M3111 Introduction to Computational Physics Phys3111 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M3091 Statistical Physics II Phys3092 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M3081 Electrodynamics II Phys3082 5 Parallel 1 – 16
Phys-M3. . . Physics Elective III Phys3. . . 5
Total 27
N.B. The Courses with unfilled delivery mechanism will depend on the nature of the elective courses chosen
by the students
Page 12 of ??
10 Quality Assurance
Quality assurance is considered as the most important component of the teaching-learning process in the
Department. The program uses the following mechanisms to assure the quality of the teaching - learning
process:
• Preparation of standard course Guide book as per the course description;
• Recruit and maintain quality instructors;
• Provide standard textbooks for each course as per the library standard;
• Maintain appropriate student/instructor ratio;
• Monitor performance against program objectives;
• Evaluation of student performance through published criteria, regulations, and procedures applied con-
sistently;
• Ensure the availability of learning resources and student support;
• Involve of students in the teaching learning process;
• Ensure that teaching-learning is integrated with practical experience;
• Conducting regular feedback assessment from employer and employee students;
• Conducting regular course self-evaluation, program self-evaluation and program peer and external eval-
uation; etc.
10.1 PHYSICS COMPULSORY MODULES
Page 13 of ??
Module: Fundamental Physics
Module Title : Fundamental Physics

Module Status : Compulsory
Module Code: Phys-M1011
Total EtCTS of Module : 20
Approved by: Dean
D. Head
Clustered Courses in the Module

Course Title Course Credit Course
Code hours EtCTS
Mechanics Phys1011 4 7
Experimental Physics I Phys1012 2 3
Electromagnetism Phys1013 4 7
Experimental Physics II Phys1014 2 3
Total 12 20
Rational of the Module

Fundamental Physics is the science which deals with the kinematics and dynamics of particles (neutral or
charged) under the action of contact and field forces. This Module has incorporated two main parts; mechanics
and electromagnetism parts with some selected laboratory activities.
The mechanics part deals with fundamental concepts of space, time, mass, and forces by applying the fun-
damental principles and laws of nature. It also deals with the fundamental concepts of fluid behavior under
both static and dynamic conditions to enable learners to analyze many particle problems in which flied is the
working medium. Knowledge of mechanics is vital to visualize and appreciate the physics of macroscopic
world and a precondition to understand advanced physics topics. Hence it is essential to study principles of
mechanics in more organized and comprehensive form starting from mechanics of particles up to mechanics
of celestial bodies.
The Electromagnetics part forms a core component of Physics that one needs in understanding some other
components of physics like electrodynamics and optics. It is hoped that this module will give clear perception
of what physics is really about that is so needed for life in the world today. It is designed to provide experiences
for the learner that will leadhim/her into an understanding of the unification of electricity, magnetism and
optics. It introduces the concepts of waves thereby distinguishing various types of waves which pave a way
for understanding of the properties and propagation of waves in vacuum. It also aims to develop learners’
understanding of Maxwell’s equations in free space and their applications.
As experimental observations form the basis for new hypothesis and test scientific theories, the module also
provides a broad foundation of experimental physics.
Objectives of the module:
The objective of this module is to develop a working knowledge of Fundamental physics at the undergraduate
level and to use this knowledge to explore various applications of fundamental physics.
Upon completion of this module students should be able to:
• discuss basic physics by refreshing and summarizing the previous preparatory physics concepts before
tackling the advanced physics courses.
14
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Fundamental Physics
• explain the kinematics and dynamics of rectilinear and rotational motion of a particle and system of
particles in one, two and three dimensions.
• discuss statics and dynamics of rigid body
• state principles of fluids in equilibrium and solve problems applying Pascal’s principle, Archimedes’s
principles and Bernoulli’s equation in various situations.
• explain the basic concepts of charges, fields and potentials,
• Analyze direct and alternating current circuits containing different electric elements and solve circuit
problems,
• demonstrate the use and the working system of cells (batteries), resistors, generators, motors and trans-
formers.
• State and apply Maxwell’s equations in free space,
• Apply vector algebra, integral and differential calculus in solving different problems in electromag-
netism,
• apply and describe a variety of experimental techniques and grasp the general guidelines of laboratory.
• develop the skill of laboratory work.
Module Competency
Up on the succesful completion of this module students will be able to :
• design simple electrical circuits.
• assist simple physics laboratories.
• teach Physics at elementary level.
Module Description
This module has generally theoretical and practical part: vector algebra, kinematics and dynamics of rectilinear
and rotational motion of a particle and system of particles, dynamics and statics of a rigid body, gravitation and
planetary motion, oscillatory motion, fluid mechanics. It also includes Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field, Gauss’s
Law, Electric Potential, Electric Potential Energy, Capacitors and Dielectric, Electric Circuits, Magnetic Field,
Bio-Savart’s Law, Ampere’s Law, Electromagnetic Induction, Inductance, Circuits with Time Dependent Cur-
rents, Maxwell’s Equations, and Electromagnetic Wave. These are supplemented with selected experiments
from topics of Mechanics, Heat, Wave and Sound Electricity and Magnetism.
Clustered Courses Time Breakdown (hrs) for Delivery

Course Code Lecture Assesment Tutorial Practical Home Group Total
/Lab/Project study work
Phys1011 56 20 28 - 65 20 189
Phys1012 10 6 - 30 15 20 81
Phys1013 56 20 28 - 65 20 189
Phys1014 10 6 - 30 15 20 81
Page 15 of ??
Mechanics
Module Code: Phys-M1011; EtCTS of Course: 7 ; Course Status: Compulsory

Course Title : Mechanics
Course Code: Phys1011; Credits Hours: 4
Mode of delivery: Full Semester; Weeks required: 16
Prerequisite(s): None Co-requisite(s): ————
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: I/ I
Students’ College/Faculty: ——— ; Department: Physics
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ————
Instructor’s Name (Coordi-
nator)
Address: Email: —————————– Block No. ; Rm. No.
Class Hours:
Approved by: Department Head
Team Leader
Course Rationale
The aim of this course is to develop a sound understanding of the central concepts of mechanics at the con-
ceptual level so that solving relevant practical problems is possible. A first-principle approach is adopted, as
most students have not studied calculus based treatment of the topics previously. Emphasis will be given to
basic understanding rather than the development of mathematical theory. It also describes the fundamental
concepts of fluid behavior under both static and dynamic conditions to enable the learner to analyze many
practical problems in which fluid is the working medium.
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this course students should be able to:
• discuss the graphical and analytical methods of vector addition, subtraction and multiplication,
• compute average and instantaneous values of velocity, speed and acceleration,
• derive the kinematic equations for uniformly accelerated motion,
• solve problems involving bodies moving in one and two dimensional space using concepts in calculus
and trigonometry,
• explain some implications of Newton’s laws of motion,
• derive and apply work-energy theorem,
• apply the law of conservation of linear momentum to collisions,
• repeat the procedures followed to solve problems in rectilinear motion for rotational motion,
• demonstrate understanding of Newton’s law of gravitation,
• describe simple harmonic motion and the corresponding problems,
• explain how external forces act on fluids in equilibrium,
• work out problems applying Pascal’s principle, Archimedes’ principle and Bernoulli’s equation in vari-
ous situations,
16
Course Description
The main topics to be covered are Vector Algebra, Particle Kinematics and Dynamics, Work and Energy, Con-
servative Forces and Potential Energy, Dynamics of a System of Particles, Linear Momentum, Collisions, Ro-
tational Kinematics, Dynamics and Statics of a Rigid Body, Gravitation and Planetary Motion, Oscillatory
Motion, Fluid Mechanics.
Course Outline: EtCTS (7)

Lecture Tutor Home T.Load
No Topic (hrs) (hrs) (hrs) (hrs)
1) Vectors 4 2 7 13
2) One and Two Dimensional Motions 6 3 10 19
3) Particle Dynamics 7 4 13 24
4) Work and Energy 5 3 10 18
5) Impulse and Momentum 10 5 16 31
6) Rotation of Rigid Bodies 9 4 13 26
7) Gravitation 5 2 7 14
8) Simple harmonic motion 6 3 10 19
9) Fluid Mechanics 8 4 13 25
Total 60 30 99 189
Method of Teaching and Organization
Tentative Time Breakdown of Lecture Topics
Date Topics Pedagogical Teachers’ Students’

Approaches Tasks/Activities Tasks/Activities
Week 1 •Vectors Gapped Lecture Give lecture Follow up to the les-
• Representation of vec- group discus- Make students son and take short
tors sion discuss in group notes
Vector addition problem solv- Invite and inspire Asking and answering
• Vector multiplication ing class students to ask questions,
-Dot (Scalar) product home work questions Solving problems in
-Cross (Vector) product Provide class and class
-Triple scalar product home tasks Practice the problems
-Triple vector product at home
Assignment I
Week 2 One and Two Dimen- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Follow up to a lesson
sional Motions group discus- Make students and take short notes
• Average and instanta- sion discuss in group Asking and answering
neous velocity problem solv- Invite and inspire questions,
• Average and instanta- ing class students to ask Solving problems in
neous acceleration home assign- questions class
• Motion with constant ment Provide class and Solve the assignment
acceleration home tasks at home
Give lecture Listen to a lesson and
Make students take short notes
Week 3 • Projectile motion discuss in group Asking and answering
• Uniform circular mo- Set a time for prob- questions
tion lem solving class Solving problems in
Give class and class
home tasks doing Home tasks
Set time for quiz Prepare for Quiz
and implement it
Test I
Page 17 of ??

Week 4 Particle Dynamics Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson and
• Newtons laws of motion group discus- Make students take short notes
• Friction force sion discuss in group Asking and answering
• Application of Newtons problem solv- Set a time for prob- questions
laws ing class lem solving class Solving problems in
home assign- Give class and class
ment home tasks doing home tasks
Give feedback of Learn from the feed-
the quiz back.
Week 5 Work and Energy Gapped lecture Provide the lesson Listen to a lesson and
• Work done by a constant Group discus- Make students take short notes
force sion discuss in group Asking and answering
• Work done by a variable Questioning Set a time for prob- questions
force and answering lem solving class Doing Home tasks
• Kinetic energy and work- home assign- Give class and Solve problems in the
energy theorem ment home tasks assignment
• Elastic potential energy
• Conservative and non-
conservative forces
Assignment II
Week 6 Impulse and Momentum Gapped Lecture Give lecture pay attention to the
• Linear momentum and group discus- Make students lesson and take short
impulse sion discuss in group notes
• Conservation of momen- problem solv- Give class and Asking and answering
tum ing class home tasks questions
• System of particles home assign- Provide feedback Solving problems in
- Center of mass ment of assignment - 2 class
• Center of mass of a rigid doing home tasks
body
• Motion of system of parti-
cles
Week 7 • Elastic and inelastic Gapped lec- Give lecture pay attention to a
collision ture Make students lesson and take short
- Elastic collisions in one- Group discus- discuss in group notes
dimension sion Set a time for prob- Asking and answering
- Two-dimensional elastic Questioning lem solving class questions
collisions and answering Give class and Doing Home work
- Inelastic collisions Short quiz home tasks questions
- Systems of variable mass set time for quiz prepare for quiz
and implement it
Test II
Week 8 Rotation of Rigid Bodies Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson and
• Rotational kinematics group discus- Make students take short notes,
Rotational motion with con- sion discuss in group Asking and answering
stant and variable angular problem solv- Give class and questions,
accelerations ing class home assignments Solving problems in
Rotational kinetic energy home assign- Give feedback of class,
Moment of inertia ment the quiz doing home tasks, at-
Rotational dynamics tend the feed back
Torque and angular momen-
tum
Work and power in rota-
tional motion
Conservation of angular mo-
mentum
Relation between linear and
angular motions
Page 18 of ??

Week • Rotational dynamics Gapped Lecture Give lecture pay attention to
9 Torque and angular mo- group discus- Make students a lesson and take
mentum sion discuss in group short notes
- Work and power in rota- problem solv- Give class and Asking and an-
tional motion ing class home tasks swering questions
- Conservation of angular home assign- Solving problems
momentum ment in class
- Relation between linear Set Assignment -3 doing Home work
and angular motions and assignment,
Assignment III
Week Gravitation Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
10 • Newtons law of gravi- group discus- Make students and take short
tation sion discuss in group notes,
• Gravitational field and problem solv- Set a time for prob- Asking and an-
gravitational potential ing class lem solving class swering questions,
energy home assign- Give class and Solving problems
• Keplers law of plane- ment home tasks in class,
tary motion doing home tasks
Week Simple harmonic motion Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
11 • Energy in simple har- group discus- Make students and take short
monic motion sion discuss in group notes,
• Equations of simple problem solv- Set a time for prob- Asking and an-
harmonic motion ing class lem solving class swering questions,
• Pendulum home assign- Give class and Solving problems
ment home work in class,
Week • Damped and forced Short Quiz Set a schedule for doing Home work,
12 oscillations Quiz prepare for quiz
• Resonance
Test III
Week Fluid Mechanics Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
13 • Internal forces in fluids group discus- Make students Take short notes,
• Pressure in a fluid sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Pascal’s principle problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
ing class lem solving class Solving problems
Week • Archimedes’ princi- home assign- Give class and in class,
14 ple ment home work doing home work ,
• Continuity equation Give feedback of listen the feed back
• Bernoullis equation and the quiz
its applications
Week Revision Revise main Provide important Asking and An-
15 points points swering questions
clarify exam explain exam na- Prepare for final
type ture exam
Final Examination
Students should read the relevant sections in the textbook and/or reference materials and do the assignments
on time. Practice with solved problems and come to office hours to get concepts clarified. Review and extra
problems will be given through worksheets. Students are also expected to have worked through the problems
in the worksheets before the tutorial sessions. Attendance at lectures and tutorials is expected for all students.
Attendance records will be taken at all times. It is the students chance to ask questions, solve problems and
work in team.
Page 19 of ??
Assessment Methods
Assessment consists of four assessable assignments, three quizzes and problem sheets (50%) and a three hour
end of semester summative examination (50%).
No Type of Assessment Time Weight

1 Test I Week 3 5%
Test II Week 7 10%
Test III Week 12 10%
2 Assignment I Week 1 5%
Assignment II Week 5 5%
Assignment III Week 9 5%
3 Class activity and home work All weeks 10%
4 Final exam Final week 50%
Total 100%
COURSE PROGRESS EVALUATION FOCUS

Course evaluation will be through feedback received from students in the lecture, tutorial programmes and
test results and through an anonymous student survey which should be conducted every month.
KEY STUDENT-RELATED POLICIES
work in team.
Recommended References
Course Textbook
Raymond A. Serway, Physics: For Scientists & Engineers, 6th ed., Thomson Bruke, 2004
References
1. Hugh D. Young and Roger A. Freedmann, University Physics with Modern Physics 12th ed., 2008
2. Douglas C. Giancoli, Physics for scientists and engineers, Printice Hall, 4th , 2005
3. Robert Resnick and David Halliday, Fundamentals of Physics Extended, HRW 8t h ed., 2008
4. Paul M. Fishbane, Stephene Gasiorowicz, Stephen T. Thoronton, Physics for Scientists and Engineers, 3rd
ed., 2005
Page 20 of ??
Experimental Physics I

Course Title : Experimental Physics I
Prerequisite(s): None Co-requisite(s): Phys1011
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: I/ I
Students’ College: ; Department: Physics
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment:
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Experimental observations form the basis for new hypotheses, and also test scientific theories. It is there-
fore essential that all Physicists understand the experimental method and develop the ability to make reliable
measurements. This course provides a broad foundation in experimental physics.
Learning Outcomes
• plan and execute experimental investigations;
• apply and describe a variety of experimental techniques;
• identify, estimate, combine and quote experimental errors;
• keep accurate and thorough records;
• discuss and analyze critically results of investigations, including the use of computers for data analysis;
• minimize experimental errors;
• demonstrate awareness of the importance of safety within the laboratory context;
• identify the hazards associated with specific experimental apparatus, and comply with the safety pre-
cautions required;
• delivery of written and oral presentations (experiment write-ups, formal report, group talk);
• work in team;
• manage time;
• use computers (for data analysis and collection), if possible;
Course Description
Selected experiments from topics of mechanics and heat, at least 12 experiments to be performed.
21
Recommended List of Experiments: EtCTS (3)

Tutor (hrs) Lab (hrs) Home (hrs) T.Load (hrs)
No Topic
1) Mechanics 6 20 30 56
2) Heat 2 5 10 17
3) Waves and Sound 1 3 4 8
Total 9 28 44 81
Method of Teaching and Organization

Laboratory classes should be conducted in groups, with background material presented in the form of hand-
outs (manuals) and with necessary support from the instructor. Tutor sessions should be supplemented with
(on-line) notes, error analysis and graph plotting elaborations. Private study and preparing formal experimen-
tal reports. Group work in preparing and delivering oral presentation.
Simulation experiments from the Internet can be used to supplement laboratory activities whenever possible.
There are 14 lectures (hr each) for the back ground of all the experiments and 14 lab sessions each of 3 hrs.
Additional support will be given based on the feedback and progress of students. All course team members
will participate in supporting students.
Students should read the relevant sections in the Manual and the references, write a report based on the col-
lected data and improve the next report from the feedback of the previous reports. Attendance at lectures and
tutorials is expected for all students. Attendance records will be taken at all times.

Week 1 • General introduction Lecture Deliver an introduc- Attend the lesson and
about Experiment and group discus- tion lecture take short notes
report writing sion Make students discuss Asking and answering
Questioning in group questions
and answering Invite and inspire stu-
dents for question
Week 2 • Lecture on the back Lecture Deliver lecture on me- Attend the lesson and
ground of the mechan- group discus- chanics experiments take short notes
ics part experiments sion Make students discuss Asking and answering
Questioning in group questions
and answering Invite and inspire stu-
dents to ask questions
Week 3 Mechanics Lecture Give introductory Attend the lesson and
• Measurements of group discus- lesson take short notes
Mass, Volume, Density sion Make students discuss Asking and answering
• Local Value of Ac- Experimentation in group questions
celeration Due to and data gath- Assist students in the Make an experiment
Gravity ering experimentation and collect data
Check the collected
data
Week 4 • Translational Equilib- Lecture Collect lab report and Submit lab report
rium Vector Forces group discus- give feed back Attend the lesson and
• Determination of the sion Give introductory take short notes
static and kinetic coef- Experimentation lesson Asking and answering
ficients of friction and data gath- Make students discuss questions
ering in group Make an experiment
Assist students in the and collect data
experimentation
Check the collected
data
Page 22 of ??

Week 5 • Rotational Equi- Lecture Collect lab report and Submit lab report
librium / Torque group dis- give feed back Attend the lesson and
• Work and Energy cussion Give introductory lesson take short notes
•A Model Pile Experimentation
Make students discuss in Asking and answering
Driver and data group questions
gathering Assist students in the ex- Make an experiment and
perimentation collect data
Check the collected data Improve their report from
the comments given in
the feedback
Week 6 • Collisions Lecture Collect lab report and Submit lab report
•Conservation of group dis- give feed back Give intro- Attend the lesson and
Momentum cussion ductory lesson take short notes
• Projectile Motion Experimentation
• the Ballistic and data group questions
Pendulum gathering Assist students in the ex- Make an experiment and
the feedback
Week 7 • Centripetal Force Lecture Collect lab report and Submit lab report
group dis- give feed back Attend the lesson and
cussion Give introductory lesson take short notes
Experimentation
and data group questions
the feedback
Week 8 • Archimedes Prin- Lecture Collect lab report and Submit lab report
ciple group dis- give feed back Attend the lesson and
• Elastic cussion Give introductory lesson take short notes
Forces/Hookes Experimentation
Law and data group questions
the feedback
Week 9 • Simple Harmonic Lecture Collect lab report and Submit lab report
Motion of a Spring- group dis- give feed back Attend the lesson and
Mass System cussion Give introductory lesson take short notes
• The Simple Pen- Experimentation
dulum and data group questions
the feedback
Page 23 of ??

Week • Lecture on the back Lecture Collect lab report Submit lab report
10 ground of the heat part group discus- and give feed back Attend the lesson
experiments sion Deliver lecture on and take short
Questioning heat experiments notes
and answering Make students Asking and an-
discuss in group swering questions
Invite and inspire
students to ask
questions
Week Heat Lecture Give lecture Attend the lesson
11 • Thermal Linear Expan- group discus- Make students and take short
sion sion discuss in group notes
• Calorimetry and the Experimentation Assist students in Asking and an-
Specific Heat of a Metal and data gath- the experimenta- swering questions
ering tion Make an experi-
Check the collected ment and collect
data data
Week • Heat of Fusion of Ice Lecture Collect lab report Submit lab report
12 • Heat of Vaporization of group discus- and give feed back Attend the lesson
water sion Give introductory and take short
Experimentation lesson notes
and data gath- Make students Asking and an-
ering discuss in group swering questions
Assist students in Make an experi-
the experimenta- ment and collect
tion data
Check the collected Improve their
data report from the
comments given in
the feedback
Week • Lecture on the back Lecture Collect lab report Submit lab report
13 ground of the wave and group discus- and give feed back Attend the lesson
sound part experiments sion Deliver lecture on and take short
Questioning wave and sound notes
and answering experiments Asking and an-
Make students swering questions
discuss in group
Invite and inspire
students to ask
questions
Week Waves and Sound Lecture Give introductory Attend the lesson
14 • Wave Motion / Vibrat- group discus- lesson and take short
ing Strings sion Make students notes
• To study longitudinal Experimentation discuss in group Asking and an-
sound waves created in and data gath- Assist students in swering questions
an air column of variable ering the experimenta- Make an experi-
length. tion ment and collect
Check the collected data
data
Week Practical Final Exam
15
Week Written Final Exam
16
Page 24 of ??
Assessment
All laboratory works will be supervised by the instructor. Lectures will be delivered prior to practical works.
Technical assistants will be available every time a lab is in progress (for arrangement of lab. equipments and
lab. check off and any other help).
Students are encouraged to team up in groups and discuss among them selves in conducting experiment.
Students will be given laboratory manual from the department. Students should master the entire experiment
and submit individually prepared summarized report (which includes the purpose, theory, description of the
apparatus and procedures used data analysis, quantitative result with uncertainties, discussion of the results
and conclusion). Material and ideas drawn from the work of others must be properly cited and a list of
references must be attached to the summary.
No Type of Assessment Weight
1 Pre-Lab Questions: 10%

2 In-Lab questions (answering questions 15%
during lab sessions and preparedness):
3 Lab-Reports: 30%
4 practical 25%
6 written examination 20%
Total 100%
It is recommended that the number of students per laboratory session to be between 25 and 30.
1. Laboratory manual prepared by the Department.
2. David C. Baird, Experimentation: An Introduction to Measurement, Theory and Experimental Design, Benjamin
Cummings, 3rd ed., (1994).
3. Andrian C. Melisinos and Jim Napolitano, Experiments in Modern Physics Academic Press, 2nd ed., (2003).
Page 25 of ??
Electromagnetism

Course Title : Electromagnetism
Prerequisite(s): None Co-requisite(s): ——-
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: I/ II
Students’ College: ; Department: Physics
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment:
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course is designed to introduce concepts of classical electrodynamics with the aid of calculus. It also
emphasizes on establishing a strong foundation of the relation between electric and magnetic phenomena; a
concept that turns out to be a fundamental basis for many technological advances.
Learning Outcomes
• explain the basic concepts of electric charge, electric field and electric potential,
• apply vector algebra and calculus in solving different problems in electromagnetism,
• analyze direct and alternating current circuits containing different electric elements and solve circuit
problems,
• describe properties of capacitors and dielectrics,
• describe the magnetic field and solve problems related to the magnetic field and magnetic forces,
• discuss about electromagnetic induction,
• state Maxwell’s equation in free space,
• describe some applications of Maxwell’s equations,
Course Description
The topics to be included are: Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field, Gauss’ Law, Electric Potential, Electric Potential
Energy, Capacitors and Dielectric, Electric Circuits, Magnetic Field, Bio-Savart’s Law, Ampere’s Law, Electro-
magnetic Induction, Inductance, Circuits with Time Dependent Currents, Maxwell’s Equations, Electromag-
netic Wave.
26

1) Electric Field 8 4 13 25
2) Gauss’s Law 4 2 7 13
3) Electric Potential 7 3 13 23
4) Capacitance and Dielectrics 5 3 10 18
5) Direct Current Circuits 7 4 13 24
6) Magnetic Force 6 3 10 19
7) Calculation of Magnetic Field 4 2 7 13
8) Electromagnetic Induction 6 3 10 19
9) Inductance 4 2 7 13
10) AC Circuits 6 3 10 19
11) Maxwell’s Equations 3 2 5 10
Total 60 31 105 196
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Electric Field Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Properties of electric ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
charges Group discussions, asking and an-
• Coulombs law sion, Asking and answering questions,
• Electric field due to Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
point charge methods Preparing home and reading as-
works, signments,
Week 2 • Electric dipole reading assign- Presentation
• Electric field due to ments and feed-
continuous charge distri- back
bution
• Motion of charged
particles in electric field
Assignment I
Week 3 Gausss Law Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Electric flux ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
• Gausss Law Group discussions, asking and an-
• Applications of Gausss sion, Asking and answering questions,
Law Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
methods Preparing home and reading as-
works, signments,
reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
back
Week 4 Electric Potential Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Electric potential energy ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
• Electric potential due to Group discussions, asking and an-
point charges sion, Asking and answering questions,
• Electric potential due to Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
continuous charge distri- methods Preparing home and reading as-
bution works, signments,
• Relations between po- reading assign- Presentation
tential and electric field ments and feed-
• Equi-potential surfaces back
Test I
Page 27 of ??

Week 5 Capacitance and Di- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
electrics ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
• Capacitance Group discussions, asking and an-
• Combination of capaci- sion, Asking and answering questions,
tors Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Capacitors with di- methods Preparing home and reading as-
electrics works, signments,
• Electric dipole in exter- reading assign- Presentation
nal field ments and feed-
• Electric field energy back
Week 6 Direct Current Circuits Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Electric current and cur- ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
rent density Group discussions, asking and an-
• Resistance and Ohms sion, Asking and answering questions,
law Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Resistivity of conduc- methods Preparing home and reading as-
tors works, signments,
• Electrical energy, work reading assign- Presentation
and power ments and feed-
• Electromotive force back
• Combinations of resis-
tors
• Kirchhoffs rules
• RC circuits
Assignment II
Week 7 Magnetic Force Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Properties of magnetic ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
field Group discussions, asking and an-
• Magnetic force on a cur- sion, Asking and answering questions,
rent carrying conductor Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Torque on a current methods Preparing home and reading as-
loop in uniform magnetic works, signments,
field reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
Week 8 • Motion of charged back
particles in magnetic field
• Hall effect
Calculation of Magnetic
Field
• Source of magnetic field
Week 9 • Biot-Savart’s law

• The force between two
parallel conductors
• Ampere’s law and its
application
Test II
Week Electromagnetic Induc- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
10 tion ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
• Magnetic flux Group discussions, asking and an-
• Gausss law in mag- sion, Asking and answering questions,
netism Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Faradays Law of induc- methods Preparing home and reading as-
tion works, signments,
• Lenzz law reading assign-
ments and feed- Presentation
back
Page 28 of ??

Week • Induced Emf (including Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
11 motional Emf) ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
• Induced electric field Group discussions, asking and an-
• Displacement current sion, Asking and answering questions,
Inductance Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Self inductance and methods Preparing home and reading as-
mutual inductance works, signments,
reading assign-
Week • RL circuits ments and feed- Presentation
12 • Energy in magnetic back
field
• Oscillations in an LC
circuits
Assignment III
Week AC Circuits Gapped Lecture, Listen to a lesson
13 • AC sources and phasors Group discussion, take short notes,
• Resistors in an AC cir- Questioning and asking and answer-
cuits answering, ing questions,
• Inductors in an AC cir- Give home work Doing home work
cuits and reading as-
• Capacitors in an AC cir- signments
cuits
• The RLC series circuits
• Power in an AC circuits
Week Maxwells Equations Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
14 • Maxwells equations ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
• Electromagnetic waves Group discussions, asking and an-
sion, Asking and answering questions,
Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
works, signments,
reading assign-
ments and feed- Presentation
back
Week Revision and Self Study
15
Week Final Exam
16
work in team.
Page 29 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 4 10%
Test II Week 9 10%
Total 100%

work in team.
Course Textbook
References
3. Robert Resnick and David Halliday, Fundamentals of Physics Extended, HRW 8th ed., 2008
ed., 2005
Page 30 of ??
Experimental Physics II

Course Title : Experimental Physics II
Course Code: Phys1014 Credits Hours: 2
Prerequisite(s): None Co-requisite(s): Phys1013
Students’ College/Faculty: ———-; Department: Physics
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ——-
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Learning Outcomes
cautions required;
• work in team;
• manage time;
Course Description
Selected experiments from topics of Electricity and Magnetism.
Page 31 of ??
Recommended List of Experiments:

No Topic
2) Alternating Current Cir- 5 15 20 40
cuits
3) Magnetism 2 6 8 16
Total 13 39 52 104
Method of Teaching

Direct Current Circuits Lecture, Discus- Lecturing, Read reference ma-
Week 1 • Calibration of a Volt- sion, Help design exper- terial before labo-
meter and an Ammeter learning by do- iment, ratory session De-
from a Galvanometer ing Preparing and sign and perform
implementing the experiment,
Week 2 • Study of the phase in-lab and pre-lab writing report,
change of ice into water questions presentation
and understand how to Giving feedback
work with phase changes
in materials.
Week 3 • Investigation of the Lecture, Discus- Lecturing, Read reference ma-
variation of magnetic sion, Help design exper- terial before labo-
field, due to a current learning by do- iment, ratory session De-
carrying conductor, with ing Preparing and sign and perform
distance and current implementing the experiment,
in-lab and pre-lab writing report,
Week 4 • Verification of Ohms questions presentation
law and the law of com- Giving feedback
bination of resistors
Week 5 • Determination of
internal resistance of a
cell
Week 6
• Verification of
Kirchohoffs Law
Page 32 of ??

Alternating Current Lecture, Lecturing, Read reference ma-
Circuits Discussion, Help design exper- terial before labo-
Week • Study the electrical learning by do- iment, ratory session De-
7 characteristics of an ac ing Preparing and sign and perform
circuit containing a re- implementing the experiment,
sistor, an inductor, and a in-lab and pre-lab writing report,
capacitor in series questions presentation
Giving feedback
Week • Study of AC circuits
8 using oscilloscope.
Week • Determination of
9 unknown resistance
using Wheatstone bridge.
Week • Determination of ca- Lecture, Lecturing, Read reference ma-
10 pacitance and inductance Discussion, Help design exper- terial before labo-
with wheatstone bridge. learning by do- iment, ratory session De-
ing Preparing and sign and perform
Week • To investigate how implementing the experiment,
11 the number of turns (n), in-lab and pre-lab writing report,
the diameter of a coil (d), questions presentation
the frequency (f), and the Giving feedback
magnetic field strength
(B) are related to the
induced voltage (V ) in a
coil.
Magnetism Lecture, Lecturing, Read reference ma-
Week • To measure the hor- Discussion, Help design exper- terial before labo-
12 izontal component of learning by do- iment, ratory session De-
the earths magnetic field ing Preparing and sign and perform
strength implementing the experiment,
in-lab and pre-lab writing report,
Week • To measure the mag- questions presentation
13 netic dipole moment Giving feedback
of a bar magnet by the
method of Gauss
Week Students self exercise in the lab
14
Week Oral and Practical Examination
15
Week Written Final Examination
16
Assessment
Page 33 of ??

3 Lab-Reports: 30%
4 practical 25%
Total 100%
1.1) David C. Baird, Experimentation: An Introduction to Measurement, Theory and Experimental Design, Benjamin
Cummings, 3rd ed., 1994.
2.2) Andrian C. Melisinos and Jim Napolitano, Experiments in Modern Physics Academic Press, 2nd ed., 2003.
Page 34 of ??
Module: Optics
Module Title : Optics

Module Code: Phys2021
Pre-requisite: None
Approved by: Dean
D. Head

Course Title Course Code Credit Course
hours EtCTS
Waves and Optics Phys1021 2 3
Modern Optics Phys2022 3 5
Experimental Physics III Phys2023 2 3
Total 7 11

The sky appears blue in day time while orange-red during the sun set or sun rise time. Why it does not
appear green or white in the sun set time? Why we some time see rainbow after rain? Why people see
their images in a mirror but cannot see their images in a flat wall or piece of wood. Why can I hear my
friend behind a wall but cannot see any source of light if he has in his hands? All these and many others
like these questions can appear in people’s mind. In order to get answers to all such kind of questions it
is important to understand optics and optical phenomena and the principles and physics behind the optical
phenomena. Optics is one of the fundamental fields of science in which the properties and characteristics of
light are used through different ways (absorption, reflection, refraction, diffraction and polarization) to study
natural phenomena. It is very important to use those properties and characteristic for important applications
in physical and biomedical sciences. Many developments and inventions have been accomplished in the field
of optics. These include but not limited to optical microscopes, telescopes, night vision gargles, optical fibers,
laser beams, laser surgeries, cancer detections and materials analysis. Further development and applications
of optics are growing rapidly. In order to contribute to such inventions, devices and applications it is very
important for the students to understand the basic optics, the physics of optical phenomena and mathematical
interpretation of the principles of optics. This course in physical optics gives an opportunity to the students to
understand these principles and fundamentals of the optics.
Objective of the Module

By the completion of this module, the students should accomplish the following objectives:
• Understand the nature and properties of light and the electromagnetic spectrum.
• Understand the reflection and refraction of light from regular and curved surfaces, image formation by
a spherical surfaces and lens aberrations.
• Use the principles of reflection and refraction to understand the principles and working of optical instru-
ments.
• Understand the properties, propagation and mathematical equations of waves.
• Understand the principle of superposition, constructive and destructive interference and their applica-
tions in standing waves and beats. Two beam interference and its applications.
35
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Optics
• Understand the techniques of interferometery by studying the Michelson and Fabry-Perot interferome-
ters. They will know resolving power and limits of resolution.
• Understand coherent beams, diffraction and diffraction from a single slit.

They will know about diffraction grating, types, resolution and dispersion of a grating and Fresnel
diffraction.
They will know about polarization of light, polarizer and methods of producing polarized light.
• Understand optical materials, spectroscopy and light emission from optical materials.
• exhibits understanding of approaches employed in analyzing optical data,
• develop understanding of the concept of modern and nonlinear optics,
• Understand properties of laser, light-matter interaction, characteristics and production of laser.
• develop problem solving skills related to optical problems,
Module Competency
Up on the succesful compleshment of this module the student will be able to :
• handle simple operations related to optical devices.
Module Description
This module includes a study of both geometrical optics and physical optics with greater emphasis placed on
the latter.
Vibrations, Types of Waves, Superposition of Waves, Nature of Light, Interference and Diffraction of Light,
Optical Devices, Diffraction, Polarization of Light, Interference of Polarized Light, Absorption and Scattering,
Fourier Optics, Optical Activity, Modern Optics.

Phys1021 28 14 10 - 15 14 81
Phys1022 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys1023 10 6 - 30 15 20 81
Page 36 of ??
Wave and Optics

Course Title : Wave and Optics
Prerequisite(s): None Co-requisite(s): None
Students’ College/Faculty: ——; Department: Physics
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ——
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course is mainly aimed at introducing concepts of waves. Emphasis is given to distinguish various types
of waves which paves a way for in depth understanding of sound, optics and the corresponding applications.
Learning Outcomes
• describe basic laws and principles of mechanical and electromagnetic waves,
• associate vibrations with the creation of mechanical waves,
• distinguish different types of waves,
• demonstrate the application of Physics laws in music and musical instrument,
• demonstrate understanding of the superposition principle,
• exhibit understanding of the geometrical description of different properties of light,
• describe the interference and diffraction phenomena,
Course Description
Vibrations, Periodic Motions, Resonance, Coupled Oscillation, Types of Waves, Mechanical Wave, Sound, Mu-
sic and Musical Instruments, Superposition of Waves, Standing Waves, Group and Phase Velocities, Nature
of Light, Electromagnetic Spectrum, Geometric Optics, Reflection, Refraction, Dispersion, Fermat’s Principle,
Interference, Diffraction, Optical Devices.
Page 37 of ??

Lecture Tutorial Home T.Load
1) Vibrations 4 2 5 11
2) Types of Waves 4 2 5 11
3) Superposition of Waves 4 2 6 12
4) Nature of Light 6 3 8 17
5) Interference and Diffraction of Light 9 4 11 24
6) Optical Devices 3 2 4 9
Total 30 15 39 84
Method of Teaching
Lecture, discussion, homework, tutorial and project. Online learning resources are also employed.

Week 1 Vibrations Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson
• Periodic motion ture, Leading discus- and take short
• Types of vibrations Group discussions, notes,
• Sound sion, Asking and an- asking and an-
Active learning swering questions, swering questions,
Week 2 • Music and musical methods Preparing home Doing home work
instruments works, reading assign-
• Resonance providing assignments,
• Coupled Oscillation ments Presentation
Week 3 Types of Waves Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson
• Mechanical waves ture, Leading discus- and take short
• Transverse and longitu- Group discussions, notes,
dinal waves sion, Asking and an- asking and an-
• Phase velocity and Active learning swering questions, swering questions,
group velocity methods Preparing home Doing home work
• Amplitude and inten- works, reading assign-
sity of Waves providing assignments,
Week 4 • Frequency and wave- ments Presentation
length
• Wave packets
• Many dimensional
waves
Assignment I
Week 5 Superposition of Waves Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson
• Vector addition of am- ture, Leading discus- and take short
plitudes Group discussions, notes,
• Superposition of two sion, Asking and an- asking and an-
wave trains of the same Active learning swering questions, swering questions,
frequency methods Preparing home Doing home work
Week 6 • Superposition of many works, reading assign-
waves with random providing as- ments,
phases signments and Presentation
• Complex waves feedback
• Addition of simple
harmonic motions
Test I
Page 38 of ??

Week 7 Nature of Light Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson
• Electromagnetic spec- ture, Leading discus- and take short
trum Group discussions, notes,
• Propagation and speed sion, Asking and an- asking and an-
of light Active learning swering questions, swering questions,
methods Preparing home Doing home work
Week 8 • Reflection and re- works, reading assign-
fraction providing as- ments,
• Refractive index and signments and Presentation
optical path feedback
Week 9 • Reversibility princi-

ple
• Fermats principle
• Propagation of light in
material medium
Assignment II
Weeke Interference and Diffrac- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson
10 tion of Light ture, Leading discus- and take short
• Types of interference Group discussions, notes,
• Huygens principle sion, Asking and an- asking and an-
• Youngs experiment Active learning swering questions, swering questions,
methods Preparing home Doing home work
Week • Interference fringes works, reading assign-
11 from a double source providing as- ments,
• Index of refraction by signments and Presentation
interference method feedback
Week • Types of diffraction

12 • Diffraction by a single
slit
• Resolving power
Week • Intensity function

13 • Distinction between in-
terference and diffraction
• Diffraction grating
Test II
Week Optical Devices Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson
14 • Human eye ture, Leading discus- and take short
• Cameras and photo- Group discussions, notes,
graphic objectives sion, Asking and an- asking and an-
• Types and properties of Active learning swering questions, swering questions,
lenses methods Preparing home Doing home work
• Types of magnifiers works, reading assign-
• Microscopes and Tele- providing as- ments,
scopes signments and Presentation
feedback
Week Revision and Self study
15
Week Final Exam
16
Page 39 of ??
work in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 6 10%
Test II Week 13 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
1. F. A. Jenkins and H. A. White, Fundamentals of Optics, McGraw Hill, 4th ed., 2001
2. Raymond A. Serway, Physics: For Scientists & Engineers, 6th ed., Thomson Bruke, 2004
References
1. H. J. Pain, The Physics of Vibrations and Waves, John Wiley and Sons, 5th ed., 1999.
ed., 2005
Page 40 of ??
Modern Optics

Course Title : Modern Optics
Course Code: Phy2022; Credits Hours: 3
Mode of delivery: Block; Weeks required: 8
Prerequisite(s): Phys1013 Co-requisite(s):
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: II/ I
Students’ College/Faculty: ——–; Department: Physics
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ———-
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
The aim of this course is to introduce optical phenomena in terms of electric and magnetic fields. It is also
intended to introduce concepts related with lasing process and nonlinear optics. With rapid advance in the
areas of laser Physics and nonlinear optics, it would be necessary including these issues in the undergraduate
program.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course students should be able to:
• describe electromagnetic wave,
• demonstrate understanding of multiple beam interference and Fresnel diffraction,
• explain basic principles, laws and properties of polarization,
• describe absorption and scattering mechanisms including dispersion,
• exhibits understanding of approaches employed in analyzing optical data,
• develop understanding of the concept of modern and nonlinear optics,
• develop problem solving skills related to optical problems,
Course Description
Review of Electromagnetic Waves, Reflection from Plane Parallel Film, Multiple Beam Interference, Intensity
Function, Multilayer Films, Fresnel Diffraction, Double Slit, Representation of Vibration in Light, Polarization
of Light, Polarization Techniques, Interference of Polarized Light, Absorption and Scattering, Double Refrac-
tion, Propagation of Light in Crystals, Optical Activity, Laser, Rate Equation, Fundamentals of Fiber Optics
and Nonlinear Optics.
Page 41 of ??

1) Review of Electromagnetic Waves 3 1 4 8

2) Interference Involving Multiple Reflection 6 2 10 18
3) Diffraction 8 3 13 24
4) Polarization of Light 6 2 10 18
5) Interference of Polarized Light 5 1 6 12
6) Absorption and Scattering 6 2 12 20
7) Fourier Optics 3 1 6 10
8) Optical Activity 3 1 6 10
9) Modern Optics 5 2 8 15
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Review of Electromag- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
netic Waves Group discus- Supervise Group tioning,
sion discussion answering and
self study solving problems
Participate in
group discussion
Interference Involving Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
Multiple Reflection Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
• Reflection from a plane ing tions answering and
parallel film Self Study And problems solving problem
• Multiple beam interfer-
ence
• Intensity function
Week 2 Multilayer films Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Fringes of constant in- Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
clination and thickness ing tions answering and
• Interference in the trans- Self Study And problems solving problem
mitted light
• Newtons rings
Diffraction Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Shadows Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
• Fraunhoffer Diffraction ing tions answering and
• Fresnels half period Self Study And problems solving problems
zone
Page 42 of ??

Week 3 Diffraction Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Circular and rectangu- Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
lar aperture ing tions answering and
• Zone plate and its con- Self Study And problems solving problems
struction
• Electron diffraction
• Diffraction at straight
edge
• Fresnels integral and its

application
• Rectilinear propagation
of light
• Plane grating and
coverage grating Holog-
raphy
Assignment I
Polarization of Light Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
Week 4 • Polarization techniques Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
• Representation of vibra- ing tions answering and
tion in light Self Study And problems solving problems
• Polarizing angle
• Malus law
• Double refraction
• Parallel and crossed
polarizer
• Scattering of light and
blue sky
• Red sunset
Test I
Week 5 Interference of Polarized Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
Light Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
• Elliptically and circu- ing tions answering and
larly polarized light Self Study And problems solving problems
• Quarter and half wave Individual Set Problem Solve and submit
plates Assignmen assignment on
• Analysis of polarized time
light
• Interference with white
light
• Application of interfer-
ence in parallel light
Assignment II
• Application of interfer- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
ence in parallel light Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
ing tions answering and
Absorption and Scat- Self Study And problems solving problems
tering
• General and selective
absorption
• Absorption by different
states
Week 6 Selective reflection Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Scattering by small par- Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
ticle ing tions answering and
• Raman effect Self Study And problems solving problems
• Dispersion
Page 43 of ??

Fourier Optics Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Optical data imaging Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
and processing ing tions answering and
• Fourier-Transform Self Study And problems solving problems
Spectroscopy Individual Set Problem Solve and submit
Assignmen assignment on
time
Assignment III
Week 7 Optical Activity Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Rotation of the plane of Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
polarization ing tions answering and
• Rotary dispersion Self Study And problems solving problems
• Double refraction in op- SET Test II Preapare for Test II
tically active crystals
• Theory of optical activ-
ity
Test II
Modern Optics Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Propertiesof laserlight Problem solv- Set In class questioning,
• Laser sources ing tions answering and
• Population inversion Self Study And problems solving problems
• Rate equations
• Applications of laser
• Fundamentals of fiber
optics
• Fundamentals of
nonlinear optics
Revision
Week 8 Final Exam
work in team.
Assessment
Students will practice on work sheet problems during tutorial classes.

1 Test I Week 4 10%
Test II Week 7 15%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
1. F. A. Jenkins and H. A. White, Fundamentals of Optics, McGraw Hill, 4th ed., 2001
Page 44 of ??
2. Raymond A. Serway, Physics: For Scientists & Engineers, 6th ed., Thomson Bruke, 2004
References
ed., 2005
5. Eugene, Hecht, Optics: International edition, 4th ed., 2003
Page 45 of ??
Experimental Physics III

Course Title : Experimental Physics III
Prerequisite(s): Co-requisite(s):
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ———
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
measurements. This course provides a broad foundation in experimental Physics.
Learning Outcomes
cautions required;
• work in team;
• manage time;
Course Description
Selected experiments from topics of Electronics and Atomic Physics.
Page 46 of ??
Recommended List of Experiments: EtCTS(4)

No Topic
1) Electromagnetism 2 6 6 14
2) Atomic Physics 3 9 8 20
3) Optics 7 21 19 47
Total 12 36 33 81
Method of Teaching
Date Topics Pedagogical Teachers’ Students’ Tasks/Activities

Approaches Tasks/Activities
Week 9 Electromagnetism Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning and an-
• Introduction on swering
report writing and
safety precautions
• Determination of Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning, answer-
the speed of sound in Learning by Lead super- ing and solving problems
air(Electronic Method) doing vised practical Hands-on practical works.
exercises Data collection and report writing
Week • Measurement of the Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning and an-
10 equivalence between Learning by Lead super- swering
electrical energy and doing vised practical Hands-on practical works
thermal energy. exercises Data collection and report writi-
ing
• Determination of the Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning and an-
conversion factor be- Learning by Lead super- swering
tween joules and calo- doing vised practical Hands-on practical works
ries. exercises Data collection and report writing
Week Atomic Physics Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning and an-
11 • Determination of Learning by Lead super- swering
e/m of an electron doing vised practical Hands-on practical works
• Diffraction of elec- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning and an-
tions Learning by Lead super- swering
doing vised practical Hands-on practical works
Week • Study of Spectrum of Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning and an-
12 halogen lamp Learning by Lead super- swering
doing vised practical Hands-on practical works
Optics Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning and an-
• Michelson Interfer- Learning by Lead super- swering
ometer doing vised practical Hands-on practical works
Page 47 of ??

Week • Determination Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
13 of wavelength Learning by Lead supervised practical and answering
of Light using doing exercises Hands-on practical works
Newtons Rings Data collection and report
writing
• Jamin Interfer- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
ometer Learning by Lead supervised practical and answering
doing exercises Hands-on practical works
Data collection and report
writing
Week • Study of Polariza- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
14 tion of Light Learning by Lead supervised practical and answering
doing exercises Hands-on practical works
writing
• Study of Opti- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
cally Active Sub- Learning by Lead supervised practical and answering
stances doing exercises Hands-on practical works
writing
Week • Magnification Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
15 with Convex Learning by Lead supervised practical and answering
Lenses and the doing exercises Hands-on practical works
Compound Micro- Data collection and report
scope writing
• Solar En- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
ergy(measure Learning by Lead supervised practical and answering
solar irradiance) doing exercises Hands-on practical works
writing
Week Practical Final Exam
16
Written Final Exam
Assessment

3 Lab-Reports: 30%
4 practical 25%
Total 100%
Page 48 of ??
Page 49 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Mathematical Methods of Physics
Module: Mathematical Methods of Physics
Module Title : Mathematical Methods of Physics

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Mathematical Methods of Physics I Phys 2031 3 5
Mathematical Methods of Physics II Phys 2032 3 5
Total 6 10

Mathematical methods provide a comprehensive treatment of the mathematical techniques used in science
and engineering. It has applications in imaging science, population dynamics and solving network problems
etc.
In order to work with varying levels of engineering and physics research, it is important to have a firm un-
derstanding of key mathematical concepts such as advanced calculus, differential equations, complex analysis
etc. For example, in physics the knowledge of the force in an equation of motion usually leads to a differential
equation. Moreover, mathematical methods of physics is useful for the consideration of linear and non-linear,
direct and inverse problems for physical relevant processes over time- and space- varying media under certain
initial, boundary, transition conditions etc.

• interpret and use distribution functions;
• analyze sets of data using plots and determine the best fit;
• make series expansions of simple functions and determine their asymptotic behavior;
• use techniques for represent data sets by analytic functions;
• handle physical problems that involve the rate of change of one quantity with respect to another;
• solve ODEs numerically
• transform a differential equation into an algebraic equation using Laplace transform and transform back
the solutions to get the solution of DEs;
• describe waves through the solution of the wave equation;
• use Parsevals theorem to solve problems
• tackle, with facility, mathematically formed problems and their solution;
• solve partial differential equations by separation of variables;
• calculate eignvalues and eigenvectors and apply the techniques to physical problems;
Page 50 of ??
• use basis vectors to transform differential operator equations to matrix form and hence apply eigenequa-
tion techniques;
• obtain approximate solutions to differential equations through the use of perturbation theory.
• develop analytical and numerical skills in mathematics;
• formulate problems logically;
• present and justify mathematical techniques and methods;
Module Competency
After the succesful accompleshement of the module students can
• use mathematical techniques to express and understand physics principle and their applications;
• model nature and solve physics problems using mathematical structures and techniques
Module Description
This module aims to give learners a deeper understanding of and greater competence in some central mathe-
matical ideas and techniques used in physics with the emphasis the use of practical mathematical techniques
rather than their rigorous proof. The module aims to introduce students to some of the mathematical tech-
niques that are most frequently used in physics and to give students experience in their use and application.
Students will acquire skills in some key techniques related directly to the advanced courses and will have an
opportunity to develop all the mathematical skills required for core physics courses. Therefore, mathematical
methods for physics provide all the mathematical methods that aspiring scientists are likely to encounter as
students and beginning researchers.
The module also incorporates a deliberate focus on problem - solving skills. This more advanced level of
understanding and active learning is routine in physics courses and requires practice by the reader. Therefore,
the module is organized in two courses as follows: Distribution Functions, Graphs, and Approximations; First-
Order Differential Equations; Distribution Functions, Graphs, and Approximations; First-Order Differential
Equations; Second-Order Differential Equations; Vectors and Matrices; Waves and Fourier Analysis; Vectors
and Matrices; Vector Calculus; Complex Variables; Partial Differential Equations.

Phys2031 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys2032 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 51 of ??
Mathematical Methods of Physics I

Course Title : Mathematical Methods of Physics I
Prerequisite(s): Math1022, Co-requisite(s): None
Students’ College/Faculty: ———; Department: Physics
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course aims to introduce students to some of the mathematical techniques that are most frequently used
in Physics, and to give students experience in their use and application. The course is offered in Semester I
of their second year so that Physics students will have an opportunity to develop all the mathematical skills
required for core Physics courses. Emphasis is placed on the use of mathematical techniques rather than their
rigorous proof.
Learning Outcomes
• make series expansions of simple functions and determine their asymptotic behaviour;
• perform basic arithmetic and algebra with complex numbers;
• manipulate vectors and matrices and solve systems of simultaneous linear equations;
• calculate partial and total derivatives of functions of more than one variable;
• evaluate single, double and triple integrals using commonly occuring coordinate systems;
• apply differential operators to vector functions;
• apply Stokes’s and Gauss’s theorems;
• solve simple first-order differential equations and second-order differential equations with constant co-
efficients;
• recognize the Dirac delta function and be aware of its properties;
• make a Fourier-series expansion of a simple periodic function;
• obtain the Fourier transform of a simple function;
Course Description
Distribution Functions, Graphs, and Approximations Averages and Distribution Functions, Graphs and
Least square fit, Power Series and Applications, Complex numbers and the Euler Identity, Errors and numver-
ical Methods; First-Order Differential Equations: separable, exact, linear , numerical integration; Second-
Order Differential Equations: homogenous, inhomogeneous, series solutions of ODEs, numerical solution of
Page 52 of ??
DEs, the Laplace Transform Method; Waves and Fourier Analysis: The Wave equation and principle of super-
positions, Standing waves and harmonics, Fourier Series, Parseval’s theorem and Frequency spectra, Solutions
of Inhomgenous DEs, Fourier Transform and the Dirac Delta Function.
Course Outcomes
• interpret and use distribution functions;
• analyze sets of data using plots and determine the best “fit”;
• make series expansions of simple functions and determine their asymptotic behaviour;
• use techniques for represent data sets by analytic functions;
• handle physical problems that involve the rate of change of one quantity with respect to another;
• solve ODEs numerically
• transform a differential equation into an algebraic equation using Laplace transform and transform back
the solutions to get the solution of DEs;
• describe waves through the solution of the wave equation;
• use Parseval’s theorem to solve problems

1) Distribution Functions Graphs, and Approximations 10 3 14 27

2) First-Order Differential Equations 12 4 16 32
3) Second Order Differential Equations 10 4 20 34
4) Waves and Fourier Analysis 15 5 22 42
Total 45 15 72 135
Method of Teaching
Presentation of the course is through lecture, Each week there will be two lectures and a problems class in
which homework will be reviewed. Students will also attempt simple exercises during the lectures.
Page 53 of ??

Week 1 Distribution Functions Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Graphs, and Approxima- Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions,
tions ing, Presentation of Solve exercises,
• Averages and Devia- Online learninglecture, Work in group and
tions resources Demonstrate prob- individual,
• Distribution Functions lem solving, Work their assign-
• Applications of Distri- Give exercises ment
bution Functions and monitor the Prepare for test
process,
Solve worksheets
during tutorials
Assignment I
Week 2 • Linear Graphs Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
• Least-Square Fit Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions,
• Power Series and Ap- ing, Presentation of Solve exercises,
plications of Power Series Online learning lecture, Work in group and
resources Demonstrate prob- individual,
Week 3 • Complex Numbers lem solving, Work their assign-
and the Euler Identity Give exercises ment
• Errors and Introduction and monitor the Prepare for test
to Numerical Methods process,
Solve worksheets
during tutorials
Test I
First-Order Differential Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Equations Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions,
Week 4 • First-order Equations: ing, Presentation of Solve exercises,
Separable Online learning lecture, Work in group and
Give worksheet and resources Demonstrate prob- individual,
Assignment II lem solving, Work their assign-
Week 5 • First-order Equations: Give exercises ment
Exact and monitor the Prepare for test
process,
Week 6 • First-order Equations: Solve worksheets
Linear during tutorials
Week 7 • Numerical integra-

tion
Test II
Second Order Differen- Lecture, Presentation of Take notes,
tial Equations Problem solv- lecture, Ask questions,
Week 8 • Second-order Equa- ing, Demonstrate prob- Solve exercises,
tions: Homogeneous Online learning lem solving, Work in group and
• Second-order Equa- resources Give exercises individual,
tions: Inhomogeneous and monitor the Work their assign-
Give worksheet and process, ment
Assignment III Solve worksheets Prepare for test
Week 9 • Series Solution of during tutorials
Ordinary Differential
Equations
• Numerical solutions of
Differential Equations
Week • Laplace Transform

10 Method
Test III
Page 54 of ??

Week Waves and Fourier Analysis Lecture, Demonstrate prob- Take notes,
11 • Waves Problem solv- lem solving, Ask questions,
• Partial Differentiation ing, Give exercises Solve exercises,
• Wave Equation Online learning and monitor the Work in group and
resources process, individual,
Week • Principle of Superposition Presentation Solve worksheets Work their assign-
12 • Standing Waves and Harmon- during tutorials , ment
ics Prepare topics for Prepare for test,
group presentation Work on their
Week • Fourier Series assigned presenta-
13 • Parsevals Theorem and Fre- tion,
quency Spectra
Week • Solution of Inhomogeneous

14 DEs
Week • Fourier Transforms and

15 the Dirac Delta Function
Week Final Exam
16
Assessment
1 Test I Week 3 10%
Test II Week 7 10%
Total 100%

work in team.
Course Textbook
Stroud K.A. and Booth D.J., Advanced Engineering Mathematics (4th ed.), Paulgrave, (2003).
References
1. Arfken G.B. and Weber H.J., Mathematical methods for physicists (6th ed.), Academic Press, (2006).
Page 55 of ??
2. Spiegel M.R., Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists, Schaum Outline Series, McGraw-Hill,
(1971).
3. Stroud K.A., Engineering Mathematics (5th ed.), Paulgrave, (2001).
4. Donald A. McQuarric, Mathematical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, University Science Books, (2003).
5. Lambourne R. and Tinker M. Further Mathematics for the Physical Sciences, Wiley, (2000).
6. Mathews J. and Walker R.L., Mathematical Methods of Physics, 2nd ed., (1970).
Page 56 of ??
Mathematical Methods of Physics II

Course Title : Mathematical Methods of Physics II
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: II/ II
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ——–
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course aims to to give learners a deeper understanding of and greater competence in some central math-
ematical ideas and techniques used in Physics with the emphasis on practical skills rather than formal proof.
Students will acquire skills in some key techniques related directly to the advanced courses they will meet in
their final year.
Learning Outcomes
• solve partial differential equations by separation of variables;
• calculate eignvalues and eigenvectors and apply the the techniques to physical problems;
• use basis vectors to transform differential operator equations to matrix form and hence apply eigen equa-
tion techniques;
• develop analytical and numerical skills in mathematics;
• formulate problems logically;
• present and justify mathematical techniques and methods;
Course Description
Vectors and Matrices algebra of vectors, basis vectors and components, vector spaces, matrix algebra, numer-
ical methods for matrices, coordinate transformation, Four-vectors, eigen value problem
Vector Calculus time derivatives of vectors, fluid kinematics, fluid dynamics, fields and the gradient, fluid
flow and the divergence, circulation and the curl, conservative forces and the Laplacian, electric and magnetic
fields, vector calculus expressions and identities. Complex Variables: functions of a complex variable, differ-
entiation and integration, cauchy integral formula and Laurent Expansion; Singularities, poles and residues,
applications
Partial Differential Equations: introduction to PDEs, the wave equation, Laplace’s equation, Orthogonal func-
tions and the Sturm-Liouville problem; Special Functions: Legendre, Bessel and Hermite Equations
Page 57 of ??
Course Outcomes
• manipulate vectors and matrices and solve systems of simultaneous linear equations;
• perform basic arithmetic and algebra with complex numbers;
• use the ideas of singularities and poles to evaluate line integrals.
• apply differential operators to vector functions;
• apply Stokes’s and Gauss’s theorems;
• use basis vectors to transform differential operator equations to matrix form and hence apply eigen equa-
tion techniques;
• use the method os separation of variables to solve PDEs;
• solve PDEs in various coordinate systems;
• use numerical techniques for solving Laplace’s equation
• Analytical and numerical skills in mathematics;
• Logical formulation of problems;
• Presentation and justification of techniques and methods;
• Group work - students are encouraged to work co-operatively together and with the demonstrators to
solve guided problems.

1) Vectors and Matrices 10 3 15 28
2) Vector Calculus 12 4 19 35
3) Complex Variables 8 3 16 27
4) Partial Differential Equations (PDEs) 16 5 24 45
Total 46 15 75 135
Method of Teaching
Presentation of the course is through lecture, a related guided problems section with demonstrator assistance
and additional assessed coursework. Online learning resources.
Page 58 of ??

Vectors and Matrices Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Week 1 • Algebra of Vectors Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions,
• Basis Vectors and Com- ing in group Presentation of Solve exercises,
ponents and at individ- lecture, Work in group and
• Vector Spaces ual level, Demonstrate prob- individual
Worksheet and Online learning lem solving, , Work their assign-
Assignment I resources Give exercises ment
Week 2 • Matrix Algebra and monitor the Prepare for test
• Numerical Methods for process,
Matrices Solve worksheets
• Coordinate Transforma- during tutorials
tions
Week 3 • Four- Vectors

• The Eigenvalue Prob-
lem
Test I
Week 4 Vector Calculus Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
• Time derivatives of Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions,
vectors ing, Presentation of Solve exercises,
• Fluid kinematics and Online learning lecture, Work in group and
dynamics resources Demonstrate prob- individual,
• Fields and the Gradient lem solving, Work their assign-
Worksheet and Give exercises ment
Assignment II and monitor the Prepare for test
Week 5 • Fluid flow and the process,
Divergence Solve worksheets
• Circulation and the during tutorials
Curl
• Conservative Forces
and the Laplacian
Week 6 • Electric and Mag-

netic Fields
• Vector Calculus Expres-
sions and Identities
Test II
Complex Variables Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Week 7 • Functions of a Complex Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions,
Variable ing, Presentation of Solve exercises,
• Differentiation and Online learning lecture, Work in group and
Integration resources Demonstrate prob- individual,
Worksheet and lem solving, Work their assign-
Assignment II Give exercises ment,
Week 8 • Cauchy Integral For- and monitor the Prepare for test
mula and Laurent Expan- process,
sion Solve worksheets
• Singularities, Poles and during tutorials
Residues
Week 9 • Applications
Test III
Page 59 of ??

Partial Differential Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Equations (PDEs) Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions,
Week 10 • Introduction to PDEs ing, Presentation of Solve exercises,
Worksheet and Online learning lecture, Work in group and
Assignment III resources Demonstrate prob- individual,
Week 11 • Wave Equation Revis- Presentation lem solving, Work their assign-
ited Give exercises ment
and monitor the Prepare for test,
Week 12 • Laplaces equation process, Work on their
Solve worksheets assigned presenta-
Week 13 • Orthogonal functions during tutorials, tion
and the Sturm-Liouville Prepare topics for
Problem; group presentation
Week 14 • Special Functions

Week 15 Revision and self study
Week 16 Final Exam
Assessment
1 Test I Week 3 10%
Test II Week 6 10%
Test III Week 9 10%
Total 100%

work in team.
Course Textbook
Spiegel M.R., Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists, Schaum Outline Series, McGraw-Hill, (1971).
References
1. Arfken G.B. and Weber H.J., Mathematical methods for physicists (6th ed.), Academic Press, 2006.
2. Spiegel M.R., Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Scientists, Schaum Outline Series, McGraw-Hill,
1971.
Page 60 of ??
3. Stroud K.A., Engineering Mathematics (5th ed.), Paulgrave, 2001.

4. Donald A. McQuarric, Mathematical Methods for Scientists and Engineers, University Science Books, 2003.
5. Lambourne R. and Tinker M. Further Mathematics for the Physical Sciences, Wiley, 2000.
6. Mathews J. and Walker R.L., Mathematical Methods of Physics, 2nd ed., 1970.
Page 61 of ??
Module: Classical Mechanics
Module Title : Classical Mechanics

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Classical Mechanics I Phys2041 3 5
Classical Mechanics II Phys2042 3 5
Total 6 10
This Module is designed to introduce generalized treatment of the motion of particles in various coordinate
systems. It also addresses an alternative formulation of solving classical problems constrained to oscillate over
a very small distance using Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s principles. The procedure to be employed paves the
way for establishing relationships between different areas of Physics. The approximations followed are very
essential in studying physical systems perturbed from their equilibrium position by comparatively very small
potential.

• describe base vectors and their reciprocal,
• relate motions in different coordinate systems,
• obtain the velocity, acceleration and momentum in generalized coordinate,
• interpret results described in terms of generalized coordinates,
• explain the fundamental concepts of Newtonian formulation of mechanics,
• develop the capability to determine the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian of mechanical systems and use
these functions to obtain the corresponding equations of motion,
• identify any conserved quantities associated with the system,
• distinguish different types of oscillations.
• analyze mechanical systems applying basic conservation laws with emphasis given to central force prob-
lem and rigid body motion,
• apply advanced theoretical techniques including small oscillations and wave propagation to analyze
certain mechanical systems,
• acquainted with basic theoretical methods required in contemporary classical mechanics,
62
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Classical Mechanics
Module Competency
Up on succesful completion of this module the student
• Can be a physics teacher in junior schools
• Assist on the motion of various components in industrial machinery
Module Description
The main topics to be included in this course are: Coordinate Systems and Coordinate Transformation, Veloc-
ity and Acceleration in Generalized Coordinates, Particle Dynamics, Position, Time and Velocity Dependent
Forces, Simple Harmonic Oscillator, Damped and Forced Oscillations, Conservative Forces and Potential En-
ergy, Conservation of Energy, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian Formalism and Their Application. More over
it includes Dynamics of System of Particles, Center of Mass, Collisions, Scattering, Conservation Theorems,
Rigid Body Motion, Euler Angles, Principle of Virtual Work, Small Oscillations, Coupled Systems and Normal
Modes, Wave Propagation, Wave Equation, Reflection, Transmission, Interference and Polarization.

Phys2041 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys2042 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 63 of ??
Classical Mechanics I

Course Title : Classical Mechanics I
Prerequisite(s): Co-requisite(s): None
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course is designed to introduce generalized treatment of the motion of particles in various coordinate sys-
tems. It also addresses an alternative formulation of solving classical problems using Lagrange’s and Hamil-
ton’s principles. The procedure to be employed paves the way for establishing relationships between different
areas of Physics.
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this course students will able to:
• describe base vectors and their reciprocal,

• relate motions in different coordinate systems,
• obtain the velocity, acceleration and momentum in generalized coordinate,
• interpret results described in terms of generalized coordinates,
• explain the fundamental concepts of Newtonian formulation of mechanics,
• develop the capability to determine the Lagrangian and Hamiltonian of mechanical systems and use
these functions to obtain the corresponding equations of motion,
• identify any conserved quantities associated with the system,
• distinguish different types of oscillations.
Course Description
The main topics to be included in this course are: Coordinate Systems and Coordinate Transformation, Veloc-
ity and Acceleration in Generalized Coordinates, Particle Dynamics, Position, Time and Velocity Dependent
Forces, Simple Harmonic Oscillator, Damped and Forced Oscillations, Conservative Forces and Potential En-
ergy, Conservation of Energy, Lagrangian and Hamiltonian Formalism and Their Application.
64

1) Coordinate Systems 12 4 18 34
3) Oscillations 8 3 13 24
4) Central Field Motion 7 2 12 21
5) Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s Formulation 12 4 20 36
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Coordinate System Lecture Provide lecture Listen to a lesson
• Coordinate Systems Group discus- Assign reading as- take short notes,
sion signments Asking and an-
Week 2 • N on-orthogonal base Questioning Encourage learners swering questions
vectors and answering to participate on Home and library
• Orthogonal coordinates Solving prob- discussion studying
system lems, Give home work Doing class work
checking their class questions,
Week 3 • Coordinate trans- work present their study
formation
Week 4 • Generalized veloc-

ity and acceleration
• Gradient operator in
cylindrical and spherical
coordinates
Assignment I
Week 5 Particle Dynamics Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
• Newtons laws of mo- Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
tion sion ing questions, Asking and an-
• Motions under time and Questioning give problems swering questions
velocity dependent forces and answering Encourage learners Doing Home work
• Motions under position Solving prob- to participate on questions
dependent forces lems discussion Home and library
Discussion, checking their class studying
Week 6 • Concepts of work Presentation work
and energy
• Force as functions of
position
Test I
Page 65 of ??

Week 7 Oscillations Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
• Stable and unstable Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
equilibrium sion ing questions, Asking and an-
• One-dimensional mo- Questioning give problems swering questions
tion of a particle in a and answering Encourage learners Doing Home work
given potential field Solving prob- to participate on questions
• Simple harmonic oscil- lems discussion
lations in one and two Discussion checking their class
dimensions work
Assignment II
Week 8 • Damped oscillations Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Taking short notes
• Forced oscillations and Group discus- asking and answer- Asking
resonance sion ing questions, answering ques-
Questioning solve some prob- tions
Week 9 • Oscillations in elec- and answering lems
trical circuits Solving prob-
• Rate of energy dissipa- lems
tion
Test II
Week Central field motion Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Taking short notes
10 • Conservative forces and Group discus- asking and answer- Asking
potential energy sion ing questions, answering ques-
• Conservation of energy Questioning solve some prob- tions
and angular momentum and answering lems
• Tutorial and presenta- Solving prob-
tion class lems
Students
• Equations of motions
Week • Orbits in central field

11 • Planetary motion
Assignment III
Week Lagranges and Hamil- Gapped lecture Introduce the les- Taking short notes
12 tons Formulation Group discus- son, Asking and an-
• Introduction sion asking and answering questions
• Holonomic constraints Questioning swering questions, Doing assignment
• Derivation of Lagranges and answering solve some prob- within their group
equations of motions Solving problems
lems
Week • Eulers theorem and reading assign-
13 Kinetic energy ment
• Conservation of linear
momentum
• Conservation of energy
Week • Conservation of an-

14 gular momentum
• Generalized velocities Group Assign-
and momenta ment
• Hamiltons Principle
Week • Canonical equations of

15 motion
• Cyclic coordinates
Final exam
should read the relevant sections in the textbook and/or reference materials and do the assignments on time.
Practice with solved problems and come to office hours to get concepts clarified. Review and extra problems
Page 66 of ??
will be given through worksheets. Students are also expected to have worked through the problems in the
worksheets before the tutorial sessions. Attendance at lectures and tutorials is expected for all students. At-
tendance records will be taken at all times. It is the students chance to ask questions, solve problems and work
in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 6 5%
Test II Week 9 10%
Total 100%

work in team.
Course Textbook
1. Walter Hauser, Introduction to principles of mechanics, Addison Wesley, 1966.

2. Jery Marion, Classical Dynamics of Particles and Systems, 1994.
References
1. Marion Thoronton, Classical Dynamics of Particles and Systems, 4th ed., 1995
2. Murrey R. Speigle, Schaum’s Outline series: Theory and problems of theatrical mechanics
3. Devid Morin, Introduction to Classical Mechanics: with problems and solutions, Cambridge University Press,
2008.
4. R. Taylor, Calassical Mechanics, Universal Science, 2005
Page 67 of ??
Classical Mechanics II

Course Title : Classical Mechanics II
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course is mainly intended to apply Lagrange’s and Hamilton’s principles in solving classical problems
constrained to oscillate over a very small distance. The approximations followed are very essential in studying
physical systems perturbed from their equilibrium position by comparatively very small potential.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course the students will be able to:
• analyze mechanical systems applying basic conservation laws with emphasis given to central force prob-
lem and rigid body motion,
• apply advanced theoretical techniques including small oscillations and wave propagation to analyze
certain mechanical systems,
• acquainted with basic theoretical methods required in contemporary classical mechanics,
Course Description
Dynamics of System of Particles, Center of Mass, Collisions, Scattering, Conservation Theorems, Rigid Body
Motion, Euler Angles, Principle of Virtual Work, Small Oscillations, Coupled Systems and Normal Modes,
Wave Propagation, Wave Equation, Reflection, Transmission, Interference and Polarization
Page 68 of ??

1) Dynamics of System of Particles 11 4 18 33
2) Rigid Body Dynamics 14 5 24 43
3) Theory of Small Oscillations 13 4 21 38
i4) Wave Propagation 7 2 12 21
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Dynamics of System of Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
Particles ture, Leading discussions, take short notes,
• System of particles and Group discus- Asking and answering asking and an-
center of mass sion, questions, swering questions,
• Conservation of linear Active learning Preparing home Doing home work
momentum methods works, and reading as-
• Conservation of angular reading assignments signments,
momentum and feedback Presentation
• Conservation of energy
Week 2 • Motion of systems with

variable mass
•Elastic collisions and con-
servation laws
• Inelastic collisions
Week 3 •Two body problem in center Gapped Lec-Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
of mass coordinate system ture, , Leading discussions, take short notes,
• Collision in center of mass Group discus- Asking and answering asking and an-
coordinate system sion, questions, swering questions,
•Inverse square repulsive Active learningPreparing home Doing home work
force: Rutherford scattering methods works, and reading as-
reading assignments signments,
and feedback Presentation
Assignment I
Week 4 Rigid Body Dynamics Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Introduction ture, , Leading discussions, take short notes,
•Angular momentum and Group discus- Asking and answering asking and an-
kinetic energy sion, questions, swering questions,
• Inertia tensor Active learning Preparing home Doing home work
methods works, and reading as-
Week 5 • Moments of inertia for reading assignments signments,
different body system and feedback Presentation
Week 6 • Principal moment of

inertia and principal Axes
•Inertial ellipsoid
Test I
Page 69 of ??

Week 7 • More about the proper- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
ties of the inertial tensor ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
•Angular velocity and Group discussions, asking and an-
Eulerian angles sion, Asking and answering questions,
Week 8 • Eulerian equations methods Preparing home and reading as-
of motion for a rigid body works, signments,
•The principle of virtual reading assign- Presentation
work ments and feed-
back
Assignment II
Week 9 Theory of Small Oscilla- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
tion ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
• Equilibrium and poten- Group discussions, asking and an-
tial energy sion, Asking and answering questions,
• Two coupled oscillators Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
and normal coordinates methods Preparing home and reading as-
• Theory of small oscilla- works, signments,
tions reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
Week • Small oscillations in back
10 normal coordinates
• Tensor formulation
for the theory of small
oscillations
• Weak coupling
Week • General problem of Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
11 coupled oscillations ture, , Leading discus- take short notes,
•Sympathetic vibrations Group discussions, asking and an-
and beats sion, Asking and answering questions,
• Molecular vibrations Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
Week •Loaded string works, signments,
12 •Dissipative systems and reading assign- Presentation
forced oscillations ments and feed-
back
Test II
Week Wave Propagation apped Lecture, Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
13 • Introduction Group discus- , Leading discus- take short notes,
• Wave equation sion, sions, asking and an-
•Reflection, Active learning Asking and answering questions,
methods swering questions, Doing home work
Week •Transmission Preparing home and reading as-
14 •Interference works, signments,
•Polarization reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
back
15
Week Final Exam
16
Page 70 of ??
work in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 6 10%
Test II Week 12 10%
Total 100%

work in team.
Course Textbook
1. Walter Hauser, Introduction to principles of mechanics, Addison Wesley, 1966.

2. Jery Marion, Classical Dynamics of Particles and Systems, 1994.
References
1. Marion Thoronton, Classical Dynamics of Particles and Systems, 4th ed., 1995
2. Murrey R. Speigle, Schaum’s Outline series: Theory and problems of theatrical mechanics
3. Devid Morin, Introduction to Classical Mechanics: with problems and solutions, Cambridge University Press,
2008.
4. R. Taylor, Calassical Mechanics, Universal Science, 2005
5. H. Goldstein, Classical Mechanics, Addison Welsey 3rd ed., 2001.
6. K. R. Symon, Mechanics, Addison Welsey 3rd ed., 1971.
Page 71 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Nuclear Physics
Module: Nuclear Physics
Module Title : Nuclear Physics

Pre-requisite:
Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Nuclear Physics I Phys2051 3 5
Experimental Physics IV Phys2052 2 3
Total 5 8

Introduction to the size and properties of the atomic nucleus and the phenomena of radioactivity and theoreti-
cal models that describe the atomic nucleus offer fascinating insights into the nature of the physical world. The
tools for probing these systems are high-energy particle accelerators and, more recently, colliding-beam sys-
tems. This module is designed as an introduction to nuclear and particle physics is intended to give students a
broad overview of the subject matter, and encouragement to seek further information. Moreover, experimental
observations form the basis for new hypotheses, and also test scientific theories. It is therefore essential that all
Physicists understand the experimental method and develop the ability to make reliable measurements. This
module provides a broad foundation in experimental physics and cover selected experiments from topics of
Condensed Matter, Atomic and Nuclear Physics.

• describe the key properties of the atomic nucleus,
• explain these properties with the aid of an underlying theoretical framework,
• identify significant applications which make use of nuclear Physics,
• explain the role of nuclear Physics in these applications,
• identify sequences of particles as energy excitations of a ground state,
• identify the quantum numbers that distinguish these sequences and use their conservation to analyze
production processes,
• state the relevant conservation laws and use them in analyzing meson decays,
• describe the basic weak interaction processes and the significant experiments that elucidate the nature of
these interactions,
• describe the quark model and construct the quark composition of particles,
• explain the significance of symmetry to the multiplet structure of elementary particles,
• to reason logically within a set of given constraints,
Page 72 of ??
• ability to identify significant strands in a mass of confusing data,
• have an understanding and appreciation of the principles of nuclear Physics, and to explore their appli-
cations,
• apply the nuclear Physics concepts and principles to solve problems,
• develop skills for analytical thinking that will be useful for problem-solving in other fields.
cautions required;
Module Competency
At the end of this module the student will
• Assist and tutor experimental physics experiments at educational institutions
Module Description
Nuclear physics deals with the properties of atomic nuclei, their structure and interactions, and the laws gov-
erning the forces between their constituents. The interactions in nuclei have their roots in the interactions of
elementary particles, the quarks and gluons that together constitute nuclear matter. But additional dynami-
cal forces, long known to exist in nuclei, cannot be understood with elementary particles alone, just as new
cooperative interactions, not recognizable in nuclei or atoms are known to exist in macroscopic materials.
The basic questions facing nuclear physics today span a broad range, including strong and electroweak in-
teractions, and cover the properties of the physical world from the microscopic scale of nuclear forces to the
large-scale structure of the universe. Nuclear physics deals with many-body aspects of the strong interaction.
It also deals with tests of fundamental theories and symmetries. Nuclear physics has transformed astronomy
from the study of planetary trajectories into the astrophysical study of stellar interiors. No doubt the most
important result of nuclear physics has been an understanding how the observed mixture of elements, mostly
hydrogen and helium in stars and carbon and oxygen in planets, was produced by nuclear reactions in the
primordial universe and in stars.
In this module, topics on ”Structure and Static Properties of Nuclei” like nuclear constituents, nuclear size
and its measurement, nuclear mass, binding energy and nuclear magnetic moment will be discussed. The
force between nucleon, meson theory of nuclear forces and the different nuclear structure models, liquid drop
model of the nucleus and semi-empirical mass formula as well as nuclear shell model and its application in
explaining various properties of nuclei will be covered.
Moreover, the different kinds of ”Nuclear and Radioactive” decay schemes like α-decay, β- and γ-decay; and
”Energetics of nuclear reactions:” Q-values, reaction thresholds, fission and fusion will be explained. ”Elemen-
tary particles:” leptons, nucleons, hadrons, quarks and baryons; and the associated symmetries and groups
will be tried to look at. Finally, some applications of nuclear physics will be identified.
Finally, the experimental part will cover selected experiments from topics of Condensed Matter, Atomic and
Nuclear Physics like: Determination of Specific Charge of the electron, Photovoltaic Energy Conversion, Hall
Effect and X-Ray Diffraction Study of Properties of Geiger Müller Counter, Statistics of Nuclear Counting
(Poisson Statistics), Absorption of γ and β rays (Efficiency for β counting), Zeeman Effect and Photoelectric
Effect.
Page 73 of ??

Phys2051 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys2052 10 6 - 30 15 20 81
Page 74 of ??
Nuclear Physics I

Course Title : Nuclear Physics I
Mode of delivery: Parallel; Weeks required: 16
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Introduction to the size and properties of the atomic nucleus and the phenomena of radioactivity. Theoretical
models that describe the atomic nucleus, offer fascinating insights into the nature of the physical world. The
tools for probing these systems are high-energy particle accelerators and, more recently, colliding-beam sys-
tems. This course, designed as an introduction to nuclear and particle Physics, is intended to give students a
broad overview of the subject matter, and encouragement to seek further information.
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this module/course students should be able to:
• describe the key properties of the atomic nucleus,
• explain these properties with the aid of an underlying theoretical framework,
• identify significant applications which make use of nuclear Physics,
• explain the role of nuclear Physics in these applications,
• identify sequences of particles as energy excitations of a ground state,
• identify the quantum numbers that distinguish these sequences and use their conservation to analyse
production processes,
• state the relevant conservation laws and use them in analysing meson decays,
• describe the basic weak interaction processes and the significant experiments that elucidate the nature of
these interactions,
• describe the quark model
• construct the quark composition of particles,
• explain the significance of symmetry to the multiplet structure of elementary particles,
• solve problems on topics included in the syllabus,
• to reason logically within a set of given constraints,
• Ability to identify significant strands in a mass of confusing data,
• have an understanding and appreciation of the principles of nuclear Physics, and to explore their appli-
cations,
Page 75 of ??
• apply the nuclear Physics concepts and principles learnt in class to solve problems,
• develop skills for analytical thinking that will be useful for problem-solving in other fields.
Course Description
The basic questions facing nuclear physics today span a broad range, including strong and electroweak in-
teractions, and cover the properties of the physical world from the microscopic scale of nuclear forces to the
large-scale structure of the universe. Nuclear physics deals with many-body aspects of the strong interaction.
It also deals with tests of fundamental theories and symmetries. Nuclear physics has transformed astronomy
from the study of planetary trajectories into the astrophysical study of stellar interiors. No doubt the most
important result of nuclear physics has been an understanding how the observed mixture of elements, mostly
hydrogen and helium in stars and carbon and oxygen in planets, was produced by nuclear reactions in the
primordial universe and in stars.
In this module, topics on ”Structure and Static Properties of Nuclei” like nuclear constituents, nuclear size
and its measurement, nuclear mass, binding energy and nuclear magnetic moment will be discussed. The
force between nucleon, meson theory of nuclear forces and the different nuclear structure models, liquid drop
model of the nucleus and semi-empirical mass formula as well as nuclear shell model and its application in
explaining various properties of nuclei will be covered.
Moreover, the different kinds of Nuclear and Radioactive” decay schemes like -decay, - and -decay; and En-
ergetics of nuclear reactions:” Q-values, reaction thresholds, fission and fusion will be explained. Elementary
particles:” leptons, nucleons, hadrons, quarks and baryons; and the associated symmetries and groups will be
tried to look at. Finally, some applications of muclear physics will be identified.
Module/Course Outline: EtCTS (5)

1) Structure and Static Properties of Nuclei 9 3 15 27

2) Nuclear Decay & Radioactivity 9 3 15 27
3) Nuclear Reactions 9 3 15 27
4) Elementary Particles 6 2 10 18
5) Applications of Nuclear Physics 12 4 20 36
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching
Presentation of the course is through lecture, class and group discussion, , e-learning resources, assignments
as well as examinations.

Week 1 Structure and Static Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Properties of Nuclei Problem solv- Assignment, Ask and answer
• Nuclear Hypothesis, ing, Presentation of lecture, questions,
Early atomic theories, Online learning Demonstrate problem Solve exercises,
Rutherfords scattering resources solving, Work in group and
experiment Give exercises and moni- individual,
• Composition, Charge; tor the process, Work their assign-
Size; Mass and Angu- Solve worksheets during ment
lar momentum of the tutorials Prepare for test
nucleus
Assignment I
Page 76 of ??

Week 2 • Theories of nuclear Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
composition Problem solv- Assignment, Ask and answer
• Binding Energy ing, Presentation of lec- questions,
• Nuclear Forces. Online learn- ture, Solve exercises,
• Nuclear Structure ing resources Demonstrate problem Work in group and
Models. solving, individual,
Give exercises and Work their assign-
monitor the process, ment
Solve worksheets Prepare for test
during tutorials
Week 3 • Nuclear Structure Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,

Models Problem solv- Assignment, Ask and answer
ing, Presentation of lec- questions,
Online learn- ture, Solve exercises,
ing resources Demonstrate problem Work in group and
solving, individual,
during tutorials
Test I
Week 4 Nuclear Decay and Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Radioactivity Problem solv- Assignment, Ask and answer
• Radioactivity ing, Presentation of lec- questions,
during tutorials
Week 5 • Alpha Decay Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,

• Beta Decay Problem solv- Assignment, Ask and answer
• Gamma Decay ing, Presentation of lec- questions,
during tutorials
Week 6 • Detecting Nuclear Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,

Radiations Problem solv- Assignment, Ask and answer
during tutorials
Assignment II
Page 77 of ??

Week 7 Nuclear Reactions Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
• Nuclear Reactions In Problem solv- Assignment, Ask and answer
General ing, Presentation of lec- questions,
• Nuclear Cross- Online learn- ture, Solve exercises,
section ing resources Demonstrate problem Work in group and
during tutorials
Week 8 • Classification of Nu- Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
clear Reactions Problem solv- Assignment, Ask and answer
• Fusion and Fission ing, Presentation of lec- questions,
Reactions Online learn- ture, Solve exercises,
• Reactor Basics ing resources Demonstrate problem Work in group and
during tutorials
Week 9 • Reactor Basics Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Problem solv- Assignment, Ask and answer
during tutorials
Test II
Week Elementary Particles Lecture, Give worksheet and Take notes,
10 • Basic Data on Ele- Problem solv- Assignment, Ask answer ques-
mentary Particles ing, Presentation of lec- tions,
Presentation solving, individual,
Solve worksheets Prepare for test,
during tutorials , Work on their as-
Prepare topics for signed presentation,
group presentation
Week • Parity and Parity Vio- Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
11 lation Problem solv- Assignment, Ask and answer
during tutorials
Assignment III
Page 78 of ??

Week Applications of Nuclear Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
12 Physics Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask answer ques-
• Trace Element Analysis ing, Presentation of tions,
Online learning lecture, Solve exercises,
• Mass Spectrometry resources Demonstrate prob- Work in group and
Week with Accelerators Presentation lem solving, individual,
13 • Alpha Decay Applica- Give exercises Work their assign-
tions and monitor the ment
process, Prepare for test,
Week • Diagnostic Nuclear Solve worksheets Work on their
14 Medicine during tutorials , assigned presenta-
Prepare topics for tion,
• Therapeutic Nuclear group presentation
Week Medicine
15
Week Final Exam
16
work in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 3 5%
Test II Week 9 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
Krane K.S. , Introductory Nuclear Physics, Wiley, (1987).
References
1. Williams W.S.C., Nuclear and Particle Physics, Clarendon,(1991).
2. Cottingham W.M. and Greenwood D.A., An Introduction to the Standard, (1998). Model of Particle Physics,
Cambridge University Press,
3. Halzen F. and Martin A.D., Quarks and Leptons: An Introductory Course in Modern Particle Physics, John
Wiley, (1984).
4. Lilley J., Nuclear Physics: Principles and Applications, John Wiley, (2001).
5. Kaplan I. Nuclear Physics, Adison-Wesley, (1963).
6. Tayal D.C. Nuclear Physics, Himalaya Publishing House, (1982).
Page 79 of ??
Experimental Phyiscs IV

Course Title : Experimental Phyiscs IV
Course Code: Phy2052 Credits Hours: 2
Mode of delivery: Parallel; Weeks required: 16
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Learning Outcomes
cautions required;
• work in team;
• manage time;
Course Description
Selected experiments from topics of Condensed Matter, Atomic and Nuclear Physics.
Page 80 of ??
Recommended List of Experiments

1) Condensed Matter Physics: four experiments 5 12 18
2) Atomic and Nuclear Physics: five experiments 6 15 25
Total 11 27 43 81
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Introduction Lecture Introduce the man- Get manual
ual Proactive in questioning
explain report and answering
writing,
data analysis
safety precautions
Week 2 Determination of Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning,
Specic Charge of the Supervised Lead supervised answering and solving
electron practical practical exercises problems
unsupervised Hands-on practical works
practical Data collection and report
writing
Week 3 Photovoltaic Energy Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
Conversion Supervised Lead supervised and answering
practical practical exercises Hands-on practical works
unsupervised Data collection and report
practical writing
Week 4 Hall Effect Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
Supervised Lead supervised and answering
Unsupervised Data collection and report
practical writing
Week 5 X-Ray Diffraction Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
practical writing
Week 6 Study of Properties Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
of Geiger Muller Supervised Lead supervised and answering
Counter practical practical exercises Hands-on practical works
practical writing
Page 81 of ??

Week 7 Statistics of Nuclear Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
Counting (Poisson Supervised Lead supervised and answering
Statistics) practical practical exercises Hands-on practical works
practical writing
Week 8 Absorption of γ and β Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
rays (efficiency for β Supervised Lead supervised and answering
counting) practical practical exercises Hands-on practical works
practical writing
Week 9 Zeeman Effect Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
practical writing
Week 10 Photo electric effect Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in questioning
practical practical exercises Hands-on practical
Unsupervised
practical
Week 11 and Week 13: Student self exercise
Week 15 Oral and practical exam time
Week 16 Final Exam
Assessment

3 Lab-Reports: 30%
4 practical 25%
Total 100%
Page 82 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Intr. to Solid State Physics and Electronics
Module: Introduction to Solid State Physics and Electronics
Module Title : Introduction to Solid State Physics and

Electronics
Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Solid State Physics I Phys2061 3 5
Electronics I Phys2062 3 5
Total 6 10

We are witnessing an explosion of new and directly applied knowledge in the area of condensed matter
physics. Our Physics Department has to remain nationally competitive with others in this field, by expanding
the condensed matter physics curriculum. Special effort is planned for two major areas: (a) Solid State and
(b) Electronics. This module will provide students in physics the basic principles of solid state physics and
electronics.
• To modernize our electronics course to modern standards as done in most top Physics Departments in
the world.
• To expand by including modern photonic devices (LEDs, solar cells, laser diodes and photo-detectors)
• To familiarize our students with modern materials and approaches and with recent discoveries (e.g.
quantum Hall effect, high efficiency solar cells, quantum well photodetectors)
• To better prepare our Physics students for the job market and graduate school in the energy, communi-
cations and power sectors
• To offer detailed treatment (at the undergrad level) of modern photonic and power devices
• To include and treat quantum phenomena (e.g. tunneling) as a natural part of modern devices: solar
cells, lasers, photo-detectors and power devices
Electronics is one of the most amazing intellectual developments of humanity. The institution of radio en-
gineers (IRE) has given a standard definition of electronics in the proceedings of IRE, VOl.38, (1950) as ’that
field of science and engineering, which deals with electron devices and their utilization’. Electronics is widely
applied in communications and entertainment (telegraphy, telephony, radio and TV broadcasting, satellite
communication, stereo amplifiers, record players), defence, industry, medical sciences, and instrumentation.
Electronic devices in analog or linear circuits are used extensively for amplification and signal processing.
Digital or logic circuits form the basis of microprocessors or computers.
With out electronics, modern computing machines wouldn’t exist; we wouldn’t be able to perform arithmetic
and logic computations and store large amount of data. Modern electronics gave birth to transistors. Transistor
(a valve that controls the flow of electricity and one that amplifies weak electrical signals) is the basic building
block of computers. Moore’s law of computing is based on the miniaturization of transistors. The increase
in the speed and power of computation depends on the miniaturization of transistors in to smaller sized
Page 83 of ??
chips. Modern electronics gave birth to lasers. Lasers are made possible by the presence of energy levels
in semiconductors. Lasers gave birth to the internet and information high way. Digital electronics gave birth
to the language of modern computing (0 and 1).
Modern technology and civilization is deeply rooted in the principles and applications of electronics. To sum-
marize, familiarity with electronics is essential to calling some one as promising physicist.
By the end of the module the student will be able to:
• Differentiate among conductors, insulators and semiconductors using energy band diagram.
• Describe the mechanism of flow of current in intrinsic and extrinsic semiconductors.
• Describe the basic operation of a PN-junction diode.
• Explain why a diode conducts current in one direction only and offers very high resistance in the reverse
direction.
• Sketch the VI characteristics of a diode.
• Calculate the forward and reverse currents of a diode using diode equation.
• Explain the need of rectifiers in electronics.
• Describe the basic operation of a transistor and its action on the basis of current flow.
• Draw the input and output characteristics of a transistor in CB and CE configurations.
• Calculate transistor parameters from characteristics.
• Explain the construction of the operational amplifier
• Design ,analyse and synthesize operational amplifier circuits
• Recognize the basic characteristic of the binary number system
• Make use of Boolean algebra in the analysis and design of digital circuits.
• Appreciate the practical significance of the systems developed in the course.
• Analyze and design simple electronic circuits
• Build circuits and take measurements of circuit variables using tools such as oscilloscopes, multimeters,
and signal generators. Compare the measurements with the behavior predicted by mathematic models
and explain the discrepancies
• Employ simple lumped circuit models for resistors, sources, inductors, capacitors, and transistors in
circuits.
• Analyze circuits made up of linear lumped elements. Specifically, analyze circuits containing resistors
and independent sources using techniques such as the node method, superposition and the Thevenin
method.
• Employ Boolean algebra to describe the function of logic circuits.
• Design circuits which represent digital logic expressions. Specifically, design a gate-level digital circuit
to implement a given Boolean function.
• Perform a small-signal analysis of an amplifier using small signal models for the circuit elements.
• Calculate the frequency response of circuits containing resistors, capacitors and inductors.
• Construct simple gates, amplifiers, or filters in the laboratory.
• Predict how a given circuit will affect an audio signal in the laboratory given the frequency response of
the circuit.
Page 84 of ??
Module Competency
Up on complesion of the module students
• Conduct research in magnetic, semiconducting and dielectric areas.
• Design simple electronic circuits.
• work in telecommunication, radio, television equipments, computer appliances.
Module Description
The module is devoted to the use of electronic devices in analog or linear circuits which are used extensively
for amplification and signal processing and digital or logic circuits which form the basis of microprocessors or
computers. It starts with the physics of semiconductors and concentrates on the description of active devices
of diodes and transistors. For each device there are examples of simple circuits which form the basis of more
advanced systems of amplification or signal processing.
The module starts with the physics of semiconductors and concentrates on the description of active devices
of diodes and transistors. The module explores the fundamental principles, concepts and operations that are
common to all digital systems from the simplest on/off switch to the most complex computer.
It also focuses on how digital systems work and extends to the application and analysis of digital systems. It
introduces some underlying concepts that are vital part of digital technology and these concepts are expanded.

Phys2061 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys20622 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 85 of ??
Solid State Physics I

Course Title : Solid State Physics I
Students’ College/Faculty: ——-; Department: Physics
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale This module is intended to introduce students to the basic ideas that underlie solid state
physics, with emphasis on the behaviour of electrons in crystalline structures, particularly in materials that
are metallic. This will enable the students to learn the subject matter in order to explain and account for the
physical, thermal, electrical and optical properties of solids. Students will appreciate solid state physics as one
branch of physics which plays a fundamental role in the electronic industry.
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this module students students will have demonstrated the ability to:
• examine the behavior of solid state systems and, through the application of physical laws, make quanti-
tative predictions of future behaviour based upon their properties,
• describe crystal structure of solids in terms of a space lattice + unit cell, and relate structures in real space
to those in reciprocal space,
• explain the concepts of the reciprocal lattice and the Brillouin zone,
• describe the various atomic bonds in crystals,
• discuss the electrical, thermal and optical properties in terms of the free electron model,
• apply knowledge of how crystalline structures vibrate and the associated theories of heat capacity,
• discuss the factors that control the electrical conductivity of metals,
• elaborate how the diffraction of X rays are related to the properties of the reciprocal lattice.
• be familiar with and understand the magnetic, and dielectric properties of solids for practical applica-
tions.
Course Description
This module describes phenomena associated with the solid state: Topics to be treated include the classification
of solids and crystal structure, X-ray diffraction, classification of crystals, binding energy, and an introduction
to their electronic, vibrational, thermal, optical, magnetic, dielectric properties and the quantum mechanical
description of electrons in crystals
Page 86 of ??
Module/Course Outline: EtCTS (4.7)

1) Crystal Structure 6 2 8 16
2) X-Ray Diffraction 4 2 8 14
3) Binding Energy in Crystals 5 2 9 15
4) Thermal properties of solids 7 3 10 20
5) Dielectric properties of solids 9 3 11 23
6) Magnetic properties of solids 8 4 10 22
7) The free electron Fermi gas 6 2 8 16
Total 45 18 64 127
Method of Teaching
Lecture, problem solving, discussion (group works), home assignments, presentation and demonstration, on-
line learning resources.

Week 1 Crystal Structure Asking and Introduce mod- Answerung and
• Introduction- atomic models answering ule guide book asking questions
• Lattice points and space lattice questions Asking and Taking notes
• Fundamental types of lattices Discussion answering ques- Observe simulations
Lecture tions Home exercise with
Week 2 • Index system for crystal planes Demonstration Lecturing online simulation
• Classification of crystals Demonstrate on-
line simulation
Select free sites
for simulation
Give home work
Week 3 X-Ray Diffraction Discussion Asking and Answering and ask-
•Reciprocal lattices Lecture answering ques- ing questions
• Diffraction of waves by tions Taking notes
crystals: Bragg’s law Lecturing Prepare models BZ’s
Give home work Home exercising
Assignment I
Week 4 • Brillouin zones in one and two di- Discussion Asking and Answering and ask-
mensions Lecture answering ques- ing questions
Binding Energy in Crystals tions Taking notes
• Bonding in solids Lecturing
• Ionic bonding
Week 5 • Covalent bonding Forming groups Participate in group

• Metallic bond for discussion discussion
• Properties of metallic crystals Give home work Home exercising
• Calculation of cohesive energy
Test I
Page 87 of ??

Week 6 Thermal properties of solids Discussion Asking and Answering and ask-
• Crystal vibration Lecture answering ques- ing questions
• Lattice Specific heat Problem solv- tions Taking notes
ing Lecturing Participate in group
Week 7 • Classical theory (Dulong Solve sample discussion
and Petit law) problems Home exercising
• Einstein’s theory of specific Forming groups
heat for discussion
• Debye’s theory Give home work
Thermal conductivity
Assignment II
Week 9 Dielectric properties of solid Discussion Asking and Answering and ask-
• Review of basic formulae Lecture answering ques- ing questions
• The microscopic concept of problem solv- tions Taking notes
polarization ing Lecturing Participate in group
Solve sample discussion
Week 10 • Langevin’s theory of po- problems Home exercising
larization in polar dielectrics Forming groups
• Clausius-mosotti relation for discussion
• The static dielectric constant Give home work
of solids and liquids (Elemental
dielectrics, Polarization of ionic
crystals)
Week11 • Ferroelectricity
• Piezoelectricity
Test II
Week 12 Magnetic properties of solids Discussion Asking and Answering and ask-
• Magnetic permeability Lecture answering ques- ing questions
• Magnetization problem solv- tions Taking notes
• Diamagnetism ing Lecturing Participate in group
Solve sample discussion
Week 13 • Paramagnetism problems Home exercising
• Ferromagnetism Forming groups
• Quantum theory of paramag- for discussion
netism and ferromagnetism Give home work
• The domain model
Assignment III
Week 14 The free electron Fermi gas Discussion Asking and Answering and ask-
• Energy levels in one dimen- Lecture answering ques- ing questions
sion problem solv- tions Taking notes
• Effect of temperature on the ing Lecturing Participate in group
Fermi-dirac distribution Solve sample discussion
problems Home exercising
Week 15 • Free electron gas in three Forming groups
dimensions for discussion
• Heat capacity of the electron Give home work
gas
Week 16 Final examination
Page 88 of ??
work in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 5 5%
Test II Week 11 10%
Total 100%
1. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, Wiley, 8th ed., (2004).
2. M. Ali Omar, Elementary Solid state Physics: Principles and Applications, Addison Wesley, (1993).
3. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age Int. 6th ed., (2008).
4. Ashcroft N.W. and Mermin N.D., Solid State Physics, Holt-Saunders, (1976).
5. Burns G., Solid State Physics, Academic Press, (1985).
6. Hook J.R. and Hall H.E., Solid State Physics 2nd ed.,, Wiley, (1991).
7. L. Mihly and M.C. Martin, Solid State Physics; Problems and Solutions, Wiley-VCH, (2009).
Page 89 of ??
Electronics I

Course Title : Electronics I
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course is intended to provide basic concepts and practices of electronics. It is structured in such a way
that the learner has to go through the activities as prescribed for maximum attainment. This course is helps to
appreciate and apply basic electronic concepts and circuits in instrumentation and research.
Learning Outcomes
• explain charge carrier generation in intrinsic and extrinsic semi-conductors;
• explain formation and application of a P-N junction;
• design and analyze diode circuits (e.g. power supply circuits);
• explain how a Bipolar Junction Transistor(BJT) works;
• design and analyze basic BJT circuits in various configurations (CE, CC, CB);
• explain how a Junction Field Effect Transistor(JFET) works(some theory);
• design and analyze JFET circuits in both configurations (CD, CS);
• explain how a MOSFET works (theory);
• design and analyze MOSFET circuits;
• explain the construction of the operational amplifier;
• design, analyze and synthesize operational amplifier circuits;
• manipulate numbers in various bases (2,8,10,16);
• apply Boolean algebra in design of logic circuits;
• design, analyze and synthesize logic circuits (multiplexer, decoders, Schmitt triggers, flip-flops, regis-
ters);
• explain the operation of a transducer in various modes (strain, light, piezo, temp);
• explain and apply transducer signal conditioning processes;
• apply conditioned signal in digital form;
• explain the systems level components of a microprocessor.
Page 90 of ??
Course Description
Review of Energy band theory, Network theories and Equivalent circuits. PN Junction and the Diode Ef-
fect, Circuit, Applications of Ordinary Diodes, Bipolar Junction Transistor (BJT) Common Emitter Amplifier,
Common Collector Amplifier, Common Base Amplifier. Junction Field Effect Transistor (JFET), JFET Common
Source Amplifier, JFET Common Drain Amplifier. The Insulated-Gate Field Effect Transistor. Multiple Tran-
sistor Circuits. Open-Loop Amplifiers, Ideal Amplifier, Approximation Analysis, Open-Loop Gain, Number
Systems, Boolean Algebra, Logic Gates, Combinational Logic. Multiplexers and Decoders. Schmitt Trigger,
Two-State Storage Elements, Latches and Un-Clocked Flip-Flops. Clocked Flip-Flops, Dynamically clocked
Flip-Flops, One-Shot Registers. Transducers, Signal Conditioning Circuits, Oscillators, Radio Signals, Labora-
tory sessions on Selected Electronic Circuits

Lecture Lab Home T.Load
1) Network theories and Equivalent circuits 5 7 9 21

2) The Physics of Semi-conductors 2 3 4 9
3) Semi-conductors 4 6 8 18
4) Bipolar Junction Transistors 4 6 8 18
5) Field Effect Transistors 4 6 8 18
6) Operational Amplifiers and Oscillations 4 6 8 18
7) Digital Circuits 4 6 8 18
8) Data Acquisition and Process Control 3 5 7 15
Total 30 45 60 135
Method of Teaching
Presentation of the course is through lecture and accompanying laboratory hands on experience. Related
guided problems section with demonstrator assistance and additional assessed housework. Online learning
resources.
Week 1 Network theories and Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
Equivalent circuits Learning by Lead supervised tioning, answering,
• Kirchhoffs rules doing practical exercises solving problems
• Mesh analysis problem solv- Hands-on practical
• Nortons theorem ing works.
• Thevenins Equivalent self study
circuits
Week 2 • Thevenin’s Equivalent Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
circuits Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
• Conversion of practical practical exercises solving problems
Thevenins to Nortons unsupervised Set and deliver Hands-on practi-
Equivalent circuits practical problem Set I cals.
• Delta and Y Network problem solv-
ing
self study
Assignment I
Page 91 of ??

Week 3 The physics of semicon- Lecture Deliver lecture and Proactive in ques-
ductors Demonstration demonstrate. tioning, answering,
• Formation of energy problem solv- Set questions and solving problems
bands ing problems Prepare for TEST I
• Metals, insulators and self study Set Test I
semiconductors Exam
• Intrinsic and extrinsic
semiconductors,
• P type and N type ex-
trinsic semiconductors
• Carrier mobility, drift
velocity and drift current
density
Week 4 Semiconductor diodes Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• The PN junction Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
• V-I characteristics of a practical practical exercises solving problems
PN junction diode unsupervised Hands-on practical
• Ideal diode equation practical works
• PN junction break- problem solv-
downs ing
• Diode circuit analysis self study
Week 5 • Diode as a rectifier Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Half wave and Full Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering
wave rectifier practical practical exercises and solving prob-
• How effectively a recti- unsupervised lems
fier converts AC in to DC practical Hands-on practical
• Types of diodes problem solv- works
ing
self study
Test I
Week 6 Bipolar junction transis- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
tors (BJT) Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
• PNP and NPN transis- practical practical exercises solving problems
tors unsupervised Hands-on practical
• the surprising action of practical works
a transistor problem solv-
• the working of a tran- ing
sistor self study
• Transistor amplifying
action
• Transistor configura-
tions
Week 7 • Biasing the BJT for Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
discrete circuit design Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering
• Biasing single stage practical practical exercises and solving prob-
BJT amplier congurations unsupervised Set and deliver lems
(Common emitter, base practical problem Set II Hands-on practical
and collector congura- problem solv- works
tion) ing Solve problem.
• Transistor Operation self study
• Transistor Parameter
• Analysis of transistor
circuits at DC
Assignment II
Page 92 of ??

Week 8 Field Effect Transistors Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• The junction field-effect Learning by Lead supervised tioning, answering
transistor (JFET), JFET doing practical exercises and solving prob-
Common Source Ampli- problem solv- lems
fier, JFET ing Hands-on practical
• Common Drain ampli- self study works
fier
Week 9 • Insulated-Gate Field

Effect Transistor. Power,
• Multiple Transistor
Circuit
Week 10 Operational Amplifiers Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
and Oscillations Learning by Lead supervised tioning, answering
• Open loop Amplifiers, doing practical exercises and solving prob-
• Ideal Amplifiers, Ap- problem solv- lems
proximation Analysis, ing Hands-on practical
Ope-loop Gain. self study works
• The Ideal Op-Amp
• Analysis of Circuit Con-
taining Ideal Op-Amps-
Inverting Configuration
Week 11 • Applications of the In- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
verting Configurations Learning by Lead supervised tioning, answering
• The Noninverting Con- doing practicals and solving prob-
figuration problem solv- Set and deliver lems
• Examples of Op-Amp ing TEST II Hands-on practical
Circuits self study works
• Transister amplifier, bi- Prepare for test
asing points
Test II
Week 12 Digital Circuits Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Number systems, Learning by Lead supervised tioning, answering
Boolean Algebra, Logic doing practical exercises and solving prob-
Gates, problem solv- lems
• Combinational Logic, ing Hands-on practical
• Multiplexes and de- self study works
coders, Schmitt Trigger,
Two-State storage ele-
ments
Week 13 • Latches and un-clocked Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
flip-flops; Learning by Lead supervised tioning, answering
• Dynamically clocked doing practical exercises and solving prob-
flipiflops, problem solv- Set assignment III lems
• One-shot registers ing Hands-on practical
• Digital information in self study works
series, parallel or timed Solve problems in
signals class and at home.
Assignment II
Week 14 Data Acquisition and Lecture Learn- Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
Process Control ing by doing Lead supervised tioning, answering
• Transducers, Signal problem solv- practical exercises and solving prob-
Conditioning ing lems
• Circuits, Oscillators Group work Hands-on practical
• Radio basics AM Re- self study works
ceivers and RF Spectrum Solve problem.
Week 15 Revision and practicing model exam, students self study
Week 16 Final Examination
Page 93 of ??
The course will consist of two one hour lecture and three hours laboratory per week. Major parts of the
concepts, principles and circuit analysis will be experimentally tested and verified in the laboratory.
work in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 5 5%
Test II Week 11 10%
3 Practicals(reports, projects) and class activity All weeks 20%
Total 100%
work in team.
Course Textbook
Bernard Grob, Basic Electronics, 4th ed., McGraw Hill International Book Company, London, (1983).
References
1. Frederick F. Driscoll; Robert F. Coughlin. Solid State devices and Applications, D.B Taraporevala Sons and
Co.PVT, Published with arrangement with Prentice Hall, Inc. (1981).
2. Close K.J and J Yarwood. Experimental Electronics for Students, London Chapman and Hall, Halsted Press
Book, John Woley and Sons, (1979).
3. Tayal D.C. Basic Electronics. 2nd ed. Himalaya Publishing House Mumbai, (1998).
4. Theraja B.L., R.S. Sedha. Principles of Electronic Devices and Circuits, S.Chand and Company Ltd, New
Delhi, (2004).
5. Sparkes J.J. Semiconductor Devices 2nd ed. Chapman and Hall, London, (1994).
6. Richard R. Spenser and Mohammed S. Ghaussi. Introduction to Electronic Circuit Design, Prentice Hall,
Pearson Education, Inc (2003).
7. Noel M Morriss. Semiconductor Devices, MacMillan Publishers Ltd. (1984).
8. Albert P. Malvino -Electronic Principles
9. Taub and Shilling - Digital Integrated Electronics
10. Ronald J.Tocci, Neal S.Widmer - Digital Systems
11. Schuler and Fowler- Basic Electricity and Electronics
12. T.E Price-Analog Electronics
13. James J.Brophy - Basic Electronics for Scientists
Page 94 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Quantum Mechanics
Module: Quantum Mechanics
Module Title : Quantum Mechanics

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Modern Physics Phys2071 3 5
Quantum Mechanics I Phys2072 3 5
Quantum Mechanics II Phys2073 3 5
Total 9 15

There are two foundational pillars up on which modern physics rests: general relativity and quantum me-
chanics. General relativity provides a theoretical frame work for understanding the universe on the largest of
scales (planets, stars, black holes, galaxies, clusters of galaxies and beyond to the immense expanse of the uni-
verse). Quantum mechanics provides a theoretical frame work for understanding the universe on the smallest
of scales (molecules, atoms and all the way down to subatomic particles like electrons and quarks).
Einstein’s special relativity resolved the conflict between Newtonian mechanics and Maxwell’s laws of elec-
tromagnetism (the ’age old intuition’ about motion and the constancy of the speed of light). Special relativity
reveals the true nature of space and time that had been obscured by the relatively slow speeds (compared to the
speed of light) humanity encounters in his daily life. Einstein’s most celebrated general relativity had resolved
the conflict between special relativity and Newton’s law of universal gravitation. Space and time once again
had been revolutionized in general relativity by the fact that they warp and distort to communicate the force
of gravity. Special and general relativity require dramatic changes in our world view when things are moving
very quickly or when they are very massive. Modern physics develops a revolutionized concept of space, time
and energy through relativistic physics and establishes a comprehensive frame work for understanding the
large scale structure of the universe.
Quantum mechanics is a conceptual frame work for understanding the microscopic properties of the uni-
verse. Quantum mechanics burst in to existence at times when physics was in a deep crisis (unable to answer
fundamental questions in relation to atoms and subatomic particles). Quantum mechanics gave us the first
comprehensive formulations with which to pry open the secrets of the atom. It is a theory of the microcosm,
where subatomic particles are held by particle forces dancing on the sterile stage of space time.
Physicists developed an almost complete mathematical description of the hydrogen atom. Given enough
time on a computing machine, the equations of quantum mechanics could predict all the chemical properties
of matter found in the universe. Quantum mechanics describes the seemingly infinite multiplicity of matter
arrayed around us in terms of a handful of particles. Quantum mechanics is based on Probabilities, uncertainty
principle, wave functions, wave particle duality, interference, tunneling, and quantization which all involve
radically new ways of seeing reality.
The quantum revolution had given birth to the computer and bimolecular revolution. The transistor (which
made possible the modern computer) and the Laser (which is essential to the internet and information high
way) are both quantum mechanical devices. Quantum mechanics also generated bimolecular revolution
through x-ray crystallography and theory of chemical bonding.
Page 95 of ??
Most of the key technologies which will serve as the dynamic engines of wealth and prosperity in the 21st
century (like micro electronics, biotechnology the new material science industries, superconductors, machine
tools and robots, computers etc) are deeply rooted in the principles and applications of quantum mechanics.
Modern physics explores everything from the frantic dance of subatomic quarks to the stately waltz of orbiting
binary stars, from the primordial fireball of the big bang to the majestic swirl of heavenly galaxies and to the
mastery of modern technology and civilization. Through modern physics students would be able to develop
a revolutionized concept of space time and energy in relativistic physics and a comprehensive formulation of
the subatomic world in quantum mechanics and modern optics. They would also be able to appreciate the
beauty of the wonderful universe and the physicist’s way of looking at it and ultimately potentially poses the
master key of modern technology and civilization.
By the end of the module the student will be able to:
• outline theory of relativity and be able to give examples of its applications in industry and science
• explain how and why Einsteins theory of Special Relativity replaces the Newtonian concepts
• familiarize with the Galilean and Lorenz transformations and their consequences
• Verify basic principles in special theory of relativity and its mathematical methods with application rele-
vant to problems in modern physics.
• develop the knowledge and skills required to perform simple relativistic calculations and appreciate the
fantastic distortions in space and time.
• Explain how general relativity unlocked the mystery of gravitation.
• Describe general relativity with its experimental verification and applications.
• explain the failure of classical Physics and the emergence of quantum physics
• describe wave-particle duality and probability wave function.
• describe the radiative behavior of black bodies
• solve problems using both wave and particle mathematical models
• explain the uncertainty principle and its consequences
• verify and apply Schrodinger equation to different quantum systems.
• Describe the harmonic oscillator and elaborate angular momentum.
• verify, measure, and predict the atomic spectra
• describe different models of the atom and the experiments to investigate them
• explain the composition of the atom and the fundamental electron properties
• outline the basic concepts of quantum theory including tunneling, the diffraction of particles and the
photoelectric effect
• have investigated examples of applications of modern physics and considered their influence in the fields
of industry and everyday life
• explore the experimental basis of quantum mechanics.
• explain the significance of the wave function in determining the physical behavior of electrons
• show how quantization arises from boundary conditions and calculate energy levels in simple model
systems
• discuss the energy levels, angular momenta and spectra of atoms
• explain the relation between wave functions, operators and experimental observable
Page 96 of ??
• derive eigen states of energy, momentum and angular momentum
• apply approximate methods to more complex systems
• explain the basics of cold gases.
• demonstrate understanding of multiple beam interference and Fresnel diffraction
• explain basic principles, laws and properties of polarization
• describe absorption and scattering mechanisms including dispersion
• familiarize with approaches employed in analyzing optical data
• develop understanding of the concept of modern and nonlinear optics
• develop problem solving skills related to optical problems
• apply and describe a variety of experimental techniques
• identify, estimate, combine and quote experimental errors
• identify the hazards associated with specic experimental apparatus, and comply with the safety precau-
tions required
• deliver written and oral presentations.
Module Competency
Students will demonstrate the following competencies after taking this module:
• Work in the development of computers, transistors, laser beams, microwave appliances, communications
satellites, and a wide variety of other devices and fields, and in keeping military secrets secure and
protect bank accounts information from online thieves.
• Observe and interpret the structure and properties of matter, and the transformation and propagation of
energy, using equipment such as masers, lasers, and telescopes, in order to explore and identify the basic
principles governing these phenomena at microscopic level.
• Join a highly entrepreneurial group exploiting quantum phenomena to advance computation, communi-
cations and sensing and have an opportunity to support a variety of experimental and theoretical projects
and involving in careers of specialized scientific research or research combined with teaching in fields of
quantum physics.
Module Description
The module is designed to provide the fundamental principles of modern physics and strengthen an under-
standing of the concepts through a broad range of interesting applications. The module develops a revolution-
ized concept of space time and energy through relativistic physics and a comprehensive formulation of the
subatomic world through quantum physics. It reveals the true nature of space time through special and gen-
eral relativity. It also explores the fantastic distortions in space and time and their dramatic consequences like
time dilation, length contraction, and simultaneity and twin paradox. It describes the gently curving geometry
of space time and its consequences.
The module explains the microscopic realm of the subatomic world through quantum mechanics. It also
explains the experimental basis of quantum mechanics through Photoelectric effect, Compton scattering, Pho-
tons, Franck-Hertz experiment, the Bohr model and electron diffraction. It reveals the true wave nature of
matter that has been obscured by the smallness of nature’s planks constant. The module explains the core
principles of quantum mechanics: probability wave functions, quantization, uncertainty principle, wave par-
ticle duality and tunneling. It also focuses on the fundamental equation of quantum mechanics (Schrodinger
equation) and its application to different quantum mechanical systems. It describes interactions responsible
for the electronic structure of atoms and application of approximate methods to complex systems. It explain
Page 97 of ??
s the relation between wave functions, operators and derivation of eigen states of energy, momentum and
angular momentum.
The module introduces optical phenomena in terms of electric and magnetic fields. It describes concepts
related to lasing process and nonlinear optics. It explains basic principles, laws and properties of polarization.
It also focuses on multiple beam interference and Fresnel diffraction and describes absorption and scattering
mechanisms including dispersion.
The module also provides a broad foundation of experimental physics. A number of selected experiments
from condensed matter, atomic and nuclear physics will be practically performed in the laboratory.

Phys2071 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys2072 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys2073 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 98 of ??
Modern Physics

Course Title : Modern Physics
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
The rationale of this course is to introduce students to the basic ideas of modern physics with emphasis on
the Theory of Special Relativity, identification of the limitations of classical mechanics and the development of
quantum mechanics, the wave particle duality and the atomic structure.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course students will be able to:
• verify the basic principles of the Special Theory of Relativity and its mathematical methods with appli-
cation relevant to problems in modern physics;
• state basic explanations of modern theories of atomic and nuclear structure;
• provide an understanding of how and why Einstein’s theory of Special Relativity replaces the Newtonian
concepts;
• familiarize with the Galilean and Lorenz transformations and their consequences;
• develop the knowledge and skills required to perform simple relativistic calculations and to appreciate
their consequences;
• describe wave-particle duality and the uncertainty principle;
• calculate and verify the behavior of matter traveling at speeds approaching the speed of light;
• describe the radiative behavior of black bodies;
• solve problems using both wave and particle mathematical models;
• verify, measure, and predict the atomic spectra
Course Description
Principle of Special Theory of Relativity, Michelson-Morley Experiment, Galilean Transformation, Lorentz
Transformation, Length contraction, Time Dilation, Relativistic Momentum and Energy, Black-Body Radia-
tion, Photoelectric Effect, Compton Effect, X-Ray Diffraction, Matter Waves, Phase and Group Velocities, Un-
certainty Principle, Rutherford Scattering, Bohr Theory of the Hydrogen Atom.
Page 99 of ??

1) Special Theory of Relativity 15 5 27 50

2) Development of Quantum Mechanics 3 1 6 11
3) Particle Properties of Waves 9 3 14 32
4) Wave Properties of Particles 9 3 14 32
5) Atomic Structure 9 3 14 29
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching

Special Theory of Rela- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
Week 1 tivity Movie Show Supervise tioning,
• Relativity of Orienta- Group discus- set class and home answering and
tion and Origin sion work solving problems
• Inertial and Non inertial problem solv- Group discussion Participate in
Reference Frames ing Demonstrate group discussion
• Galilian Transformation self study movie on relativity Perform class and
home activities
• Michlson Morley Observe movie
Experiment and give feedback
• Postulates of Special
Relativity
• Lorenz Transformation
Week 2 • Applications of the Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
Lorentz Transformation Movie Show Supervise tioning,
• Velocity - Addition Group discus- set class and home answering and
Formula sion work solving problems
• Doppler Effect problem solv- Group discussion Participate in
ing Demonstrate group discussion
• Time Dilation self study movie on relativity Perform class and
• Length Contraction home activities
• Relativity of Mass Observe movie
Assignment I and give feedback
Week 3 • Relativistic Momentum
• Relativistic Mass and
Energy
Development of Quan- Lecture Deliver Lecture Proactive in ques-
tum Mechanics Group discus- Supervise group tioning,
• Limitations of Classical sion discussion answering and
Physics Self study set class and home group
• Development of Quan- Movie show work activities perform class and
tum Mechanics Arrange movie home work activi-
• Uniqueness and role of show ties discussion
Quantum Mechanics See movie and
reflect
Test I
Page 100 of ??

Particle Properties of Lecture Deliver Lecture Proactive in ques-
Week 4 Waves problem solv- Set In class questioning,
• Wave Particle Dualism ing tions answering and
• Photoelectric Effect Self study set class and home solving problems
• Quantum Theory of work activities
Light And problems
• Compton Ef-
fect/Scattering
• X-ray diffraction and
Braggs law
Week 5 • Black Body Radia-

tion
• Derivation of Planks
Distribution Law
Assignment II
Wave Properties of Parti- Lecture Deliver Lecture Proactive in ques-
cles problem solv- Set In class questioning,
• De Broglie waves ing tions perform class and
• Wave function and its Self study set class and home home work activi-
Interpretation Movie show work activities ties
• De Broglie wave veloc- And problems answering and
ity Arrange movie solving problems
show Observe movie
Week 6 • Phase and Group
velocities
• Particle Diffraction
• Uncertainty Princi-
ple and its Application
• Gedanken Experiment
Test II
Atomic Structure Lecture Deliver Lecture Proactive in ques-
Week 7 • Atomic Models (Thom- problem solv- Set In class questioning,
son and Rutherford ing tions perform class and
Models) Self study set class and home home work activi-
• Scattering Cross Section work activities ties
• Alpha Particle Scatter- And problems answering and
ing Suppervise group solving problems
discussion
• Rutherford Scatter-
ing Formula
• Electron Orbits
• Atomic Spectra
Week 8 • Bohr Atom his Ex-

planation of Atomic
Spectra
• Quantization of Atomic
Energy Levels
• Atomic Excitations
Final Exam
Page 101 of ??
work in team.
Assessment
The course will consist of three one hour lecture and one hour tutorial. Students will practice on work sheet
problems during tutorial classes.

1 Test I Week 6 10%
Test II Week 11 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
Arthur Beiser, Concepts of Modern Physics, 6th ed., (2002).
References
1. Raymond A. Serway, Physics: For Scientists & Engineers, 6th ed., Thomson Bruke, (2004).
2. Hugh D. Young and Roger A. Freedmann, University Physics with Modern Physics 12th ed., (2008).
3. Douglas C. Giancoli, Physics for scientists and engineers, Printice Hall, 4th , (2005).
4. Robert Resnick and David Halliday, Fundamentals of Physics Extended, HRW 8th ed., (2008).
5. Hugh Young, University Phyiscs with Modern Physics with Mastering Physics: International edition 12th ed.,
Pearson Education, (2006).
6. Paul Hewitt, Conceptual Physics: International Edition, Pearson Education, (2005).
7. John Taylor, Modern Physics for Scientists and Engineers, Pearson Education, (2003).
Page 102 of ??
Quantum Mechanics I

Course Title : Quantum Mechanics I
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year: II; Semester: I
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Quantum mechanics is fundamental theoretical framework in describing microscopic systems. Learners are
introduced to the basic postulates of Quantum Mechanics. Emphasis is given to limitations of Classical Me-
chanics. This course leads to advanced Physics courses that require description of microscopic systems.
Learning Outcomes
• verify the limitations of classical mechanics at the microscopic level;
• elaborate the central concepts and principles of quantum mechanics useful to make calculation;
• explain the uncertainty principle and its consequences;
• verify and apply Schrödinger equation to different quantum system;
• describe the harmonic oscillator;
• elaborate angular momentum
Course Description
Origin and Development of Quantum Mechanics, Limitations of Classical Mechanics, Mathematical Foun-
dations of Quantum Mechanics, Observables and Operators, Properties of Operators, Wave Function and
Probability Density, Eigen Values and Eigen States, Expectation Values, Uncertainty Principle, Schrodinger
Equation, Heisenberg Equation, Time Evolution of Expectation Values, Free Particle, Infinite Potential Well,
Finite Potential Well, Finite Potential Barrier, Reflection and Transmission Coefficients, Harmonic Oscillator,
Angular Momentum Eigen Values and Eigen States.
103

1) Origin and Development of Quantum Mechanics 4 1 8 13

2) Mathematical Foundation of Quantum Mechanics 5 2 9 16
3) Operator Algebra 7 2 12 21
4) The Schrödinger and Heisenberg Equations 16 6 26 48
5) The Harmonic Oscillator 13 4 20 37
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching

Week 9 Origin and Development Gapped Lecture Give lecture Attend the lesson
of Quantum Mechanics group discus- Make students take short notes
• Review of Modern sion discuss in group Asking and an-
Physics problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions
• Limitations of Classical ing class students to ask Solving problems
Mechanics Class and home questions in class
• Development of Quan- tasks Give class and doing home tasks
tum Mechanics home tasks
Mathematical Foun- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Attend the lesson
dation of Quantum group discus- Make students take short notes
Mechanics Measure- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
ments and Observables problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions
• Operators and Observ- ing class students to ask Solving problems
ables Class and home questions in class
• Expectation Values of tasks Give class and doing home tasks
Dynamical Variables home tasks Prepare for quiz
Set time for quiz
Week • Uncertainty Princi- and implement it
10 ple
• Wave Function and its
Physical Interpretation
• Probability Density
• Current Density
Assignment I
Operator Algebra Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
• Linear Operators group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Dirac Notation (Bra and sion discuss in group Asking and an-
Ket) problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• Normalization and ing class lem solving class Solving problems
Orthogonalisation home assign- Give class and in class,
ment home tasks doing home work,
• Commutation Rela- Give feedback of Learn from the
tion the quiz feedback
Test I
Page 104 of ??

Week • Commutation Relation Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
11 • Kroncker Delta Func- group discus- Make students take short notes,
tion sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Adjoint and Hermitian problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
Operators ing class lem solving class Solving problems
• Eigen Values and Eigen home assign- Give class and in class,
Function ment home tasks doing home work,
Give feedback of Learn from the
• Dirac Delta Func- the quiz feedback
tion
• Fundamental Postulates
• Expectation Values
• Fundamental Commu-
tation Rules
• Correspondence with
Poissons Brackets
• Schwartz Inequality
Assignment II
Week The Schrodinger and Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
12 Heisenberg Equations group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Time In/Dependent sion discuss in group Asking and an-
Schrodinger Equation problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• Solution of the ing class lem solving class Solving problems
Schrodinger Equation home assign- Give class and in class,
• Boundary Conditions ment home tasks doing home work,
• One-Dimensional the quiz feedback
Potentials
• Zero Potential (Free
Particle)
• Square Well Potential
• Infinite Well Potential
Week • Step Potential Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
13 • Barrier Potential group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Reflection and Trans- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
mission Coefficients problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• Quantum Tunneling ing class lem solving class Solving problems
home assign- Give class and in class,
• Time Evolution of ment home tasks doing home work,
Operators Give feedback of Learn from the
• Hamiltonian Operator the quiz feedback
• Schrodinger and
Heisenberg Pictures
Test II
Week The Harmonic Oscilla- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
14 tor -group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Simple Harmonic Oscil- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
lator -problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• 1D Schrodinger Equa- ing class lem solving class Solving problems
tion and its Solution for -home assign- Give class and in class,
the Harmonic Oscillator ment home tasks doing home work
Give feedback of
• Energy Eigen Val- the quiz
ues and the Zero Point
Energy
• Correspondence Princi-
ple
• Gaussian Wave Func-
tion
Page 105 of ??

Week • Hermite Polynomials Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
15 and 1D Solutions of the -group discus- Make students take short notes,
Harmonic Oscillator sion discuss in group Asking and an-
-problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• 3D Harmonic Oscil- ing class lem solving class Solving problems
lator -home assign- Give class and in class,
• Description of the HO ment home tasks doing home work
in terms of Creation and Give feedback of
Annihilation Operators the quiz
Week Revision and Independent Study
16
Final Exam
Assessment
Assessment consists of four assessable assignments, three quizzes and problem sheets (50%) and a three hour
end of semester summative examination (50%).

1 Test I Week 4 10%
Test II Week 10 10%
Total 100%

work in team.
B. H. Brandsen and C. J. Joachain, Quantum Mechanics, 2nd ed., Benjamin Cummings, (2000)
References
1. John S. Townsend, A Modern Approach to Quantum Mechanics, 2nd University Science Books, (2000)
2. W. Greiner, Quantum Mechanics (An Introduction), 4th ed., Springer (2008).
3. David Griffith, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics: Benjamin Cummings, (2004).
4. J. J. Sakurai, Modern Quantum Mechanics Revised edition, (1993).
5. R. Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics, 2nd ed., (2008)
6. J. Singh, Quantum Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications to Technology 1st ed., (1996).
7. David A.B. Miller, Quantum Mechanics for Scientists and Engineers, (2008).
Page 106 of ??
Quantum Mechanics II

Course Title : Quantum Mechanics II
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year: II; Semester: II
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
The rationale of this course are to acquaint students with application of the Schrödinger to different quan-
tum mechanical systems, discuss interactions responsible for the electronic structure of atoms, apply different
approximation methods and verify scattering theory and introduce the basics of cold atomic gases.
Learning Outcomes
• explain the significance of the wave function in determining the physical behavior of electrons,
• show how quantization arises from boundary conditions and calculate energy levels in simple model
systems,
• discuss the energy levels,angular momenta and spectra of atoms,
• explain the relation between wave functions, operators and experimental observable,
• derive eigen states of energy, momentum and angular momentum,
• apply approximate methods to more complex systems,
• explain the basics of cold gases.
Course Description
Orbital Angular Momentum Eigenfunctions, Spherical Harmonics, Hydrogen Atom, Time-Independent Per-
turbation Method, Time-Dependent Perturbation Method, Spin angular momentum, Non-degenerate and de-
generate perturbation theory, Hydrogen Fine Structure, Zeeman Effect, Interaction of Radiation with Atoms,
Scattering of particles, Born approximation and the basics of cold atomic gases.
107

1) Angular Momentum 12 4 18 34
2) The Hydrogen Atom 12 4 20 36
3) Perturbation Methods 9 3 15 27
4) Scattering Theory 6 2 10 18
5) Basics of Cold Atomic Gases 6 2 12 20
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Angular momentum Gapped Lecture Give lecture Attend the lesson
• Introduction about group discus- Make students take short notes
momentum operator sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Angular momentum problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions
operator ing class students to ask Solving problems
home assign- questions in class,
Week 2 • Representation in ment Give class and doing Home work
spherical co-ordinates home assignments and assignment
• Square of angular mo-
mentum operator
• Commutation rules
Assignment I
Week 3 • Eigenvalues of Lz and Gapped Lecture Give lecture Attend the lesson
L2. group discus- Make students take short notes
• Eigen-functions of an- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
gular momentum problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions
• Spin, spin operator, ing class students to ask Solving problems
Paulis spin matrices home assign- questions in class,
ment Give class and doing Home work
Week 4 • Matrix representation home assignments and assignment
of angular momentum
operator
• Paulis spinors and their
transformation properties
Test I
Week 5 Hydrogen Atom Gapped Lecture Give lecture Attend the lesson
• Reduction to one body group discus- Make students take short notes
problem sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Separation of variables, problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions
spherical eigenfunctions ing class students to ask Solving problems
home assign- questions in class,
Week 6 • Angular dependence of ment Give class and doing Home work
solutions home assignments and assignment
• Spherical Harmonics
• Radial equation, La-
guerre polynomial
Assignment II
Page 108 of ??

Week 7 • Associated Laguerre Gapped Lecture Give lecture Attend the lesson
polynomial group discus- Make students take short notes
• Radial probability dis- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
tributionfunctions problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions
• Atomic energy levels, ing class students to ask Solving problems
quantum numbers home assign- questions in class,
ment Give class and doing Home work
Week 8 • Normalised eigen- home assignments and assignment
funtions
• Eigen Values, Quantum
Numbers and Degener-
acy
• Pauli exclusion princi-
ple and shell structure
Test II
Week 9 Perturbation Methods Gapped Lecture Give lecture Attend the lesson
• Perturbation Methods group discus- Make students take short notes
• Time-Dependent Per- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
turbation Method problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions
ing class students to ask Solving problems
Week • Time independent home assign- questions in class,
10 Perturbation Method ment Give class and doing Home work
• Hydrogen like atoms home assignments and assignment
• Hydrogen Fine Struc-
ture
Week • Zeeman Effect

11 • Interaction of Radiation
with Atoms
• Energy Shift
Assignment III
Week Scattering Theory Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
12 • Scattering theory group discus- Make students and take short
• Types of scattering sion discuss in group notes, Asking
problem solv- Set a time for prob- and answering
Week • Born Approxima- ing class lem solving class questions, Solving
13 tion home assign- Give class and problems in class,
• Low energy scattering ment home assignments doing Home work
• Resonances and assignment,
Week Basics of Cold Atomic Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
14 Gases group discus- Make students and take short
• Basics of Cold Gases sion discuss in group notes, Asking
• Supper fluidity problem solv- Set a time for prob- and answering
ing class lem solving class questions, Solving
home assign- Give class and problems in class,
ment home assignments doing Home work
and assignment,
15
Week Final Exam
16
Assessment
tudents should read the relevant sections in the textbook and/or reference materials and do the assignments
Page 109 of ??
work in team.

1 Test I Week 4 10%
Test II Week 8 10%
Total 100%

B. H. Brandsen and C. J. Joachain, Quantum Mechanics, 2nd ed., Benjamin Cummings, (2000)
Refferences
1. John S. Townsend, A Modern Approach to Quantum Mechanics, 2nd University Science Books, (2000)
2. W. Greiner, Quantum Mechanics (An Introduction), 4th ed., Springer (2008).
3. David Griffith, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics: Benjamin Cummings, (2004).
4. J. J. Sakurai, Modern Quantum Mechanics Revised edition, (1993).
5. R. Shankar, Principles of Quantum Mechanics, 2nd ed., (2008)
6. J. Singh, Quantum Mechanics: Fundamentals and Applications to Technology 1st ed., (1996).
7. David A.B. Miller, Quantum Mechanics for Scientists and Engineers, (2008).
Page 110 of ??
Module: Electrodynamics
Module Title : Electrodynamics

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Electrodynamics I Phys3081 3 5
Electrodynamics II Phys3082 3 5
Total 6 10

The module is designned to develop learners’ understanding of Maxwell’s equations and their applications
including some advanced topics. It introduces the concepts of waves thereby distinguishing various types of
waves which pave a way for in depth understanding of the properties and propagation of waves in different
media. In electrodynamics electricity, magnetism and optics are unified. Students will get to the point where
they can handle the fundamentals of fields due to moving charges and also to begin to explore the interaction
of electromagnetic radiation with matter. It also introduces potential formulation of electro-dynamical prob-
lems. The procedure in which potentials are used instead of fields lays concrete foundation for relating elec-
trodynamics with relativity that leads to covariant formulation of electrodynamics. Classical electrodynamics
applying integral and differential calculus is explained by employing specialized approaches to strengthen the
mathematical skills required in other fields of physics.

At the end of this module the learner should be able to:
• Apply vector algebra, integral and differential calculus in solving different problems in electrodynamics,
• State and apply Maxwells equations in free space and in material media,
• Explain how Electricity, magnetism and optics are unified ,
• Acquire understanding in solving boundary value problems in electrodynamics,
• Develop the basic concepts of electromagnetic waves,
• Solve problems applying potential formalism and understand that the results are independent of the
approaches one used,
• Demonstrate understanding of the process of electromagnetic radiation,
• relate electrodynamics with relativity
Module Competency
Upon successful completion of this module, students will be able
• apply the principles of electromagnetism in various applied desciplines such as radar technology, remote
sensing and satellite communication
111
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Electrodynamics
• design devices such as antenna, transformers, motors etc.,
Module Description
This module is designed to cover basic electrodynamic concepts and laws. The mathematical skills need for
solving field equations, Maxwell’s equation, motion of charges in fields, radiation and Covariant Formulation
of Electrodynamics are discussed. The production and propagation of waves in free space and in material
media are explained. The specific topics included in this module are:
The dynamic part starts with Mathematical Preliminary, Electrostatic Fields and Potentials, Electrostatic Fields
in Dielectric Materials, Electrostatic Energy, Uniqueness Theorem, Image Techniques, Biot-Savart’s Law, Di-
vergence of Magnetic Field, Vector Potential, Ampere’s Law, Magnetic Properties of Matter, Electromagnetic
Induction, Magnetic Energy, Maxwell’s Equations, Electromagnetic Waves in Free Space, Poynting Vector,
Propagation of Electromagnetic Waves in Dielectric and Conducting Media. Then it continues with Maxwell’s
Equations and their Empirical Basis, Lorentz Condition, Lienard-Wiechert Potentials, Lorentz Transformation
of Electric and Magnetic Fields, Fields of Uniformly Moving Charge, Motion of Point Charge in an Electro-
magnetic Field, Power Radiated by Accelerated Point Charge, Bremsstrahlung, Thomson Scattering, Electric
Dipole Radiation, Covariant Formulation of Electrodynamics.

Phys3081 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3082 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 112 of ??
Electrodynamics I

Course Title : Electrodynamics I
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: III/ I
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course deals with classical electrodynamics applying integral and differential calculus. Emphasis is given
to employing specialized approaches and most appropriate coordinate system in solving problems. It also
addresses electric and magnetic phenomena in material medium including boundary problems. It is hence
hoped that the approaches to be followed in this course strengthen the mathematical skills required in other
fields.
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this course, the student will have good understanding of basic theories in classical elec-
trodynamics. Specifically, at the end of the course students will be able to:
• develop reasonable understanding of electrostatic and magnetostatic fields in free space and material
media,
• advance their skill of solving problems using integral and differential calculus,
• acquire understanding in solving boundary value problems in electrodynamics,
• solve electrodynamical problems using specialized techniques,
• develop the basic concepts of electromagnetic wave,
Course Description
The main topics to be covered in this course include: Mathematical Preliminary, Electrostatic Fields and Poten-
tials, Electrostatic Fields in Dielectric Materials, Electrostatic Energy, Uniqueness Theorem, Image Techniques,
Biot-Savart’s Law, Divergence of Magnetic Field, Vector Potential, Ampere’s Law, Magnetic Properties of Mat-
ter, Electromagnetic Induction, Magnetic Energy, Maxwell’s Equations, Electromagnetic Waves in Free Space,
Poynting Vector, Propagation of Electromagnetic Waves in Dielectric and Conducting Media.
Page 113 of ??

1) Mathematical Preliminary 3 1 5 9
2) Electrostatics 7 2 11 20
3) Electrostatic Field in Matter 6 2 10 18
4) Techniques for Calculating Potentials 7 2 12 21
5) Magnetostatics 9 3 15 27
6) Magnetostatic Field in Matter 4 1 7 12
7) Electrodynamics 4 2 7 13
8) Electromagnetic Waves 5 2 8 15
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Mathematical Prelimi- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
nary ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Differential calculus Group discussions, asking and an-
• Integral calculus sion, Asking and answering questions,
• Curvilinear coordinate Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
systems method Preparing home reading assign-
• Dirac delta function works, ments,
ments
Assignment I
Week 2 Electrostatics Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Coulomb’s law ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Electrostatic field due Group discussions, asking and an-
to continuous charge sion, Asking and answering questions,
distributions Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Electric flux density method Preparing home reading assign-
works, ments,
Week 3 • Gauss’s law and its reading assign- Presentation
application ments and give
• Electric potential feedback
• Electrostatics energy
density
Test I
Week 4 Electrostatic Field in Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
Matter ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Properties of materials Group discussions, asking and an-
• Convection and con- sion, Asking and answering questions,
duction currents Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Conductors method Preparing home reading assign-
works, ments,
Week 5 • Polarization reading assign- Presentation
• Filed of polarized object ments and give
• Electric displacement feedback
• Linear dielectrics
Assignment II
Page 114 of ??

Week 6 Techniques for Calculat- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
ing Potentials ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Poisson’s and Laplace’s Group discussions, asking and an-
equations sion, Asking and answer- swering questions,
• Boundary conditions and Active learning questions, Doing home work
uniqueness theorem ing method Preparing home reading assign-
works, ments,
Week 7 • Method of images reading assignments Presentation
• Multipole expansion and give feedback
Test II
Week 8 Magnetostatics Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Review of electric current ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Lorentz force law Group discussions, asking and an-
• Biot-Savart’s law sion, Asking and answer- swering questions,
• Amperes law Active learning questions, Doing home work
ing method Preparing home reading assign-
• Magnetic flux den- works, ments,
Week 9 sity and Gausss law reading assignments Presentation
• Curl and Divergence of B and give feedback
• Magnetic vector potential
• Magnetostatic boundary
conditions in free space
• Multipole expansion of
Week the vector potential
10 • Magnetostatic energy
density
Assignment III
Week Magnetostatic Field in Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
11 Matter ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Magnetization Group discussions, asking and an-
• Magnetic field of a mag- sion, Asking and answer- swering questions,
netized object Active learning questions, Doing home work
• Auxiliary magnetic ing method Preparing home reading assign-
fieldH works, ments,
• Linear and non-linear reading assignments Presentation
Week media. and give feedback
12
Electrodynamics
• Electromotive force
• Faradays law of induc-
tion
• Maxwells equations in
material medium
• Displacement current
Week Energy density for electro- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
13 magnetic field ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Poynting theorem Group discussions, asking and an-
sion, Asking and answer- swering questions,
Electromagnetic Waves Active learning questions, Doing home work
• Electromagnetic wave in ing method Preparing home reading assign-
free medium works, ments,
reading assignments Presentation
and give feedback
Test III
Page 115 of ??

Week • Electromagnetic waves Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
14 in non-conducting ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
medium Group discussions, asking and an-
• Electromagnetic waves sion, Asking and answering questions,
in conducting medium Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Dispersion method Preparing home reading assign-
works, ments,
ments and give
feedback
15
Week Final Exam
16
Assessment
1 Test I Week 3 10%
Test II Week 7 10%
Total 100%

work in team.
Course Textbook
Munir H. Nayfeh, Electricity and Magnetism, Banjamin Cummings, 3rd ed., 1999.
References
1. David J. Griffiths, Introduction to electrodynamics, 3rs ed., 1999.

Page 116 of ??
ed., 2005
Page 117 of ??
Electrodynamics II

Course Title : Electrodynamics II
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: III/ II
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course is mainly intended to introduce potential formulation for solving electrodynamical problems. It
also emphasizes on the electric and magnetic fields produced by moving charges where special attention is
given to radiating systems. The procedure in which potentials are used instead of fields lays concrete founda-
tion for relating electrodynamics with relativity that leads to covariant formulation of electrodynamics.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of the course the student will be able to:
• extend the concepts in Phys 376 to none quasi-static limit,
• apply Maxwell’s equation to variety of physical systems,
• describe electromagnetic phenomena with the aid of potentials,
• demonstrate understanding how electric potential and fields transform,
• solve problems applying potential formalism and understand that the results are independent of the
approaches one used,
• demonstrate understanding of the process of electromagnetic radiation,
• relate electrodynamics with relativity.
Course Description
The main topics are: Maxwell’s Equations and their Empirical Basis, Lorentz Condition, Lienard-Wiechert Po-
tentials, Lorentz Transformation of Electric and Magnetic Fields, Fields of Uniformly Moving Charge, Motion
of Point Charge in an Electromagnetic Field, Power Radiated by Accelerated Point Charge, Bremsstrahlung,
Thomson Scattering, Electric Dipole Radiation, Covariant Formulation of Electrodynamics.
118

2) Conservation Laws 6 2 10 18
3) Potential and Fields 13 4 20 37
4) Radiation 13 4 20 37
5) Covariant Formulation of Electrodynamics 5 2 12 19
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Maxwell’s Equations Gapped Lec-Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Electrodynamics before ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
Maxwell’s Group discussions, asking and an-
• How Maxwell fix Am- sion, Asking and answering questions,
pere’s law Active learningswering questions, Doing home work
method Preparing home reading assign-
Week 2 • Maxwell’s equations works, ments,
• Magnetic charge reading assign- Presentation
• Maxwells equation in ments and feed-
matter back
Assignment I
Week 3 • Boundary conditions Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
Conservation Laws ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Charge and energy Group discussions, asking and an-
Week 4 • Conservation of mo- Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
mentum method Preparing home reading assign-
• Newtons law in electro- works, ments,
dynamics reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
back
Test I
Potential and Fields Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
Week 5 • Potential formulation ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Coulombs and Lorentzs Group discussions, asking and an-
gauges sion, Asking and answering questions,
Week 6 • Continuous charge method Preparing home reading assign-
distributions works, ments,
• Retarded potentials reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
back
Page 119 of ??

Week 7 • Jefimenkos equations Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Lienard-Wiecherts po- ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
tentials Group discussions, asking and an-
• Field of moving point Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
Week 8 charge method Preparing home reading assign-
works, ments,
ments and feed-
back
Assignment II
Radiation Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
Week 9 • Electric dipole radiation ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Magnetic dipole radia- Group discussions, asking and an-
tion sion, Asking and answering questions,
Week • Radiation from ar- method Preparing home reading assign-
10 bitrary source works, ments,
• Power radiated by point reading assign- Presentation
charge ments and feed-
back
Week • Radiation reaction
11
Week • Physical basis of ra-
12 diation reaction
• Bremsstrahlung
Test II
Week Covariant Formulation Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
13 of Electrodynamics ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Magnetism as relativis- Group discussions, asking and an-
tic phenomena sion, Asking and answering questions,
• Field transformation Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
Week • Electromagnetic field method Preparing home reading assign-
14 tensor works, ments,
• Covariant formula- ments and feed-
tion of Electrodynamics back
• Relativistic potentials
15
Week Final Exam
16
Assessment
1 Test I Week 4 10%
Test II Week 12 10%
Total 100%
Page 120 of ??
work in team.
Course Textbook
Munir H. Nayfeh, Electricity and Magnetism, Banjamin Cummings, 3rd ed., 1999.
References
1. David J. Griffiths, Introduction to electrodynamics, 3rs ed., 1999.

ed., 2005
Page 121 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Statistical Physics
Module: Statistical Physics
Module Title : Statistical Physics

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Statistical Physics I Phys3091 3 5
Statistical Physics II Phys3092 3 5
Total 6 10
In this module we focus on the system of macroscopic particles and we study the statistical description of
systems in terms of probability and the behavior of the density of state which help to measure the macroscopic
parameters like volume, pressure, heat, absolute temperature and entropy. As a result of this the learner will
acquired some very powerful tools for calculating the macroscopic properties of any system in equilibrium
from knowledge of its microscopic constitutes then he/she shall illustrate their usefulness by discussing the
application of macroscopic thermodynamics and distribution of systems of particles. It emphasizes on the
derivation of macroscopic variables from the microscopic approach and on the application of classical and
quantum statistics (MB, BE, FD). Emphasis is also given to the study of systems with many particles using
statistical approaches in investigating and interpreting results associated with macroscopic systems.
Objectives of the Module:
At the end of this course the student should be able to:

• understand basic statistical concepts required to describe physical systems
• demonstrate clear understanding of microscopic and macroscopic systems,
• apply statistical approaches in studying different properties of a system
• derive thermodynamics from statistical concepts
• Identify applications of classical and quantum statistics
• derive and apply equi-partition theorem,
• employ Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics in describing a given system,
• explain magnetic properties of substances at low temperature,
• distinguish reversible and irreversible processes,
• relate the concept of heat and temperature,
• obtain various mean values using the statistical distribution function,
• exhibit understanding of derivation of thermodynamical variables from ensemble average,
Page 122 of ??
• describe applications of statistical approach in solving problems associated with many particles.
Module Competency
Up on completion of this module, the students can:
• Apply their knowledge of statistical thermodynamics in heat engine technologies
• Use their knowledge of statistical analysis in classical and quantum disciplines,
• Have techniques that everyone working in statistical mechanics needs how to solve real problems
Module Description
The main topics include: Statistical Description of System of Particles, Ensemble, Accessible States, Proba-
bility Calculations, Thermal Interaction, Temperature, Heat and Heat Reservoir, Macroscopic Measurements,
Work, Internal Energy, Absolute temperature, Entropy, Canonical Distribution, Equipartition Theorem, Laws
of Thermodynamics, General Thermodynamic Interactions.
Review of the Laws of Thermodynamics, Thermodynamic Potentials, Conditions for Equilibrium and Stabil-
ity, Legendre Transformations, Maxwell’s Relations, Maxwell’s distribution, Phase Transitions, Simple Appli-
cation of Statistical Mechanics, Quantum and Classical Statistics, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein System of
Interacting Particles, Kinetic Theory of Transport Processes.

Phys3091 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3092 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 123 of ??
Statistical Physics I

Course Title : Statistical Physics I
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course is designed to provide introductory ideas of the basic principles of Statistical Physics and their
application. The contents included in this course are very essential in understanding probabilistic nature of
macroscopic phenomena. A clear connection between microscopic and macroscopic interpretations of the
physical systems would be established.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course the student should be able to:
• demonstrate clear understanding of microscopic and macroscopic systems,
• distinguish reversible and irreversible processes,
• relate the concept of heat and temperature,
• understand basic statistical concepts required to describe physical systems,
• obtain various mean values using the statistical distribution function,
• exhibit understanding of derivation of thermodynamical variables from ensemble average,
• demonstrate clear understanding of laws of thermodynamics and their relation with underlying micro-
scopic process,
• describe applications of statistical approach in solving problems associated with many particles.
Course Description
The main topics include: Statistical Description of System of Particles, Ensemble, Accessible States, Proba-
bility Calculations, Thermal Interaction, Temperature, Heat and Heat Reservoir, Macroscopic Measurements,
Work, Internal Energy, Absolute Temperature, Entropy, Canonical Distribution, Equipartition Theorem, Laws
of Thermodynamics, General Thermodynamic Interactions.
Page 124 of ??

1) Features of Macroscopic Systems 4 1 8 13

2) Basic Probability Concepts 6 2 10 18
3) Statistical Description of Systems of Particles 9 3 14 26
4) Thermal Interactions 8 3 13 24
5) Microscopic Theory and Macroscopic Measurements 6 2 10 18
6 Canonical Distribution 5 2 9 16
7 General Thermodynamic Interactions 7 2 11 20
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching
Presentation of the course is through lecture, tutorial and problem solving. Online learning resources can also
be employed.

Week 1 Features of Macroscopic Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
Systems ture, work, take short notes,
• Macroscopic and micro- Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
scopic systems sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
• Equilibrium state and Questioning back Doing home work
fluctuations and answering
• Approach to equilib-
rium
• Reversible and irre-
versible processes
• Properties of systems in
equilibrium
• Heat and temperature
Assignment I
Week 2 Basic Probability Con- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson
cepts ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Statistical ensembles Group discussions, asking and answer-
• Elementary relations sion, Asking and an- ing questions,
among probabilities Questioning swering questions, Doing home work
• Binomial distribution and answering Preparing home
works,
Week 3 • Mean values reading assign-
• Calculation of mean ments and feed-
values for spin system back
• Continuous probability
distributions
Test I
Page 125 of ??

Week 4 Statistical Description of Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
Systems of Particles ture, work, take short notes,
• Specification of the state of Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
a system sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
• Statistical ensemble Questioning back Doing home work
• Statistical postulates and answering
Week 5 • Probability calculations

• Number of stats accessible
to a macroscopic system
• Constraints, equilibrium
and irreversibility
Week 6 • Interaction between

systems
• First law of thermodynam-
ics
Assignment II
Week 7 Thermal Interactions Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
• Distribution of energy be- ture, work, take short notes,
tween macroscopic systems Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
• Approach to thermal equi- sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
librium Questioning back Doing home work
and answering
• Temperature and ze-
Week 8 roth law of thermodynamics
• Small heat transfer
• System in contactwith heat
reservoir
• Paramagnetism
Week 9 • Mean energy of ideal gas
• Mean pressure of ideal gas
Test II
Week 10 Microscopic Theory and Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
Macroscopic Measurements ture, work, take short notes,
• Determination of the abso- Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
lute temperature sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
• High and low absolute Questioning back Doing home work
temperature and answering,
• Third law of thermody-
namics
Week 11 • Work, internal energy

and heat
• Heat capacity
• Entropy
• Intensive and extensive
parameters
Assignment III
Week 12 Canonical Distribution Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
• Classical approximation ture, work, take short notes,
• Maxwell velocity distribu- Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
tion sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
• Effusion and molecular Questioning back Doing home work
beams and answering,
• Equitation theorem and its
applications
• Specific heat of solids
Page 126 of ??

Week General Thermody- Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
13 namic Interactions ture, work, take short notes,
• Dependence of the Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
number of states on the sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
external parameters Questioning back Doing home work
• General relations valid and answering,
in equilibrium
• Applications to ideal
gas
• Basic statements of sta-
tistical thermodynamics
• Equilibrium condi-
Week tions and Gibbs free
14 energy
• Equilibrium between
phases
• Clausius-Clapeyron
equation
• Transformation of
randomness in to order
Final Exam
work in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 3 5%
Test II Week 9 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
F. Reif, Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics, Wave Land Price, 2008.
References
1. B. B Laud, Fundamentals of Statistical Mechanics, India, 2009.

2. C. Kittel, Elementary statistical Physics, Rieger Pub Co., 1988.
3. Michel D. Sturge, Statistical and Thermal Physics: Fundamentals and Applications, 2003.
Page 127 of ??
Statistical Physics II

Course Title : Statistical Physics II
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: III/ II
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course is designed to introduce basically quantum statistics. Emphasis is also given to study systems with
many particles using statistical approaches. The designed procedures aided in investigating and interpreting
results associated with macroscopic systems.
Learning Outcomes
• identify simple application of classical and quantum statistics,
• apply statistical approaches in studying different properties of a system,
• derive and apply equi-partition theorem,
• explain the applications of laws of thermodynamics,
• employ Maxwell-Boltzmann, Bose-Einstein and Fermi-Dirac statistics in describing a given system,
• explain magnetic properties of substances at low temperature,
• discuss about different properties of substances related with their movement by using kinetic theory of
transport process,
• understand the ways of incorporating the interaction term while studying dynamics of interacting parti-
cles.
Course Description
Review of the Laws of Thermodynamics, Thermodynamic Potentials, Conditions for Equilibrium and Stabil-
ity, Legendre Transformations, Maxwell’s Relations, Maxwell’s distribution, Phase Transitions, Simple Appli-
cation of Statistical Mechanics, Quantum and Classical Statistics, Fermi-Dirac and Bose-Einstein System of
Interacting Particles, Kinetic Theory of Transport Processes
128

1) Review of Thermodynamics 7 2 11 20
2) Simple Applications of Statistical 13 4 23 40
3) Quantum Statistics of Ideal Gases 13 5 23 41
4) System of Interaction Particles 6 2 9 17
5) Kinetic Theory of Transport 6 2 9 17
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching
Presentation of the course is through lecture, tutorial and problem solving. Online learning resources can also
be employed.

Week 1 Review of Thermody- Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
namics ture, work, take short notes,
• State of variable and Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
equation of state sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
• Laws of thermodynam- Questioning back Doing home work
ics and answering,
• Thermodynamic poten-
tial
• Gibbs-Duhems and
Maxwells relations
Week 2 • Response functions

• Condition for equilib-
rium
• Thermodynamics of
phase transitions
Assignment I
Week 3 Simple Applications of Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
Statistical ture, work, take short notes,
• Partition function and Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
their properties ideal sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
monatomic gas Questioning back Doing home work
• Calculations of thermo- and answering,
dynamic quantities
• Gibbs paradox
Week 4 • Validity of the clas-

sical approximation
• Proof of equipartition
• Simple applications
Test I
Page 129 of ??

Week • Specific heat of solids Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
5 • General calculation of ture, work, take short notes,
magnetism Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
• Maxwells velocity dis- sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
tribution Questioning back Doing home work
and answering,
• Related velocity distri-
Week bution
6 • Number of molecule
striking a surface
• Effusions
• Pressure and momen-
tum
Assignment II
Week Quantum Statistics of Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
7 Ideal Gases ture, work, take short notes,
• Isolated systems: micro Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
canonical ensembles sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
• System at mixed tem- Questioning back Doing home work
perature and answering,
• Grand canonical ensem-
bles
Week • Identical particles

8 and symmetry require-
ment
• Formulation of statisti-
cal problems
• The quantum distribu-
tion functions
Week •Maxwell-Boltzmann Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
9 statistics ture, work, take short notes,
• Photon statistics Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
• Bose-Einstein statistics sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
Questioning back Doing home work
Week • Fermi-Dirac statis- and answering,
10 tics
• Quantum statistics in
the classical limit
• Evaluation of the
partition function
Test II
Week System of Interaction Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
11 Particles ture, work, take short notes,
• Lattice vibration and Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
normal mode sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
• Debye approximation Questioning back Doing home work
• Calculation of the par- and answering,
tition function for low
densities
Week • Equation of state

12 and virial coefficients
• Alternative derivation
of the van Der waals
equation
Assignment III
Page 130 of ??

Week Kinetic Theory of Trans- Gapped Lec- Giving home Listen to a lesson
14 port ture, work, take short notes,
• Collision time Group discus- reading assign- asking and answer-
• Collision time and sion, ments and feed- ing questions,
scattering cross section Questioning back Doing home work
• Viscosity and answering
Week • Thermal conductiv-

15 ity
• Self diffusion
• Electrical conductivity
Final Exam
work in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 4 5%
Test II Week 10 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
F. Reif, Fundamentals of Statistical and Thermal Physics, Wave Land Price, 2008.
References
1. B. B Laud, Fundamentals of Statistical Mechanics, India, 2009.

2. C. Kittel, Elementary statistical Physics, Rieger Pub Co., 1988.
3. Michel D. Sturge, Statistical and Thermal Physics: Fundamentals and Applications, 2003.
Page 131 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Sustainable Sources of Energy
Module: Sustainable Sources of Energy
Module Code: Phys-M3101; EtCTS of Module: 3 ; Course Status: Compulsory

Course Title : Sustainable Sources of Energy
Academic Year: 20 / Year/Semester: III/ I
Students’ College/Faculty: ———– Department: Physics
Instructor’s Name (Coordinator)
Class Hours:
Approved by: Dean
Department Head
Team Leader
Module/Course Rationale
The aim of this module is to introduce students to the potential renewable energy sources possibly available
in the country in particular and in the glob in general.
Learning Outcomes
• assess current and potential future energy systems,
• explain different renewable and conventional energy technologies,
• evaluate energy technology systems in the context of political, social, economic, and environmental goals.
Module Competency
After completion of this module, a student will be able to
• Identify current and future sustainable energy technologies.
• Evaluate energy technology systems in the context of political, social, economic, and environmental goals
Module Description
The assessment of current and potential future energy systems is covered in this module and includes topics on
resources, extraction, conversion, and end-use, with emphasis on meeting regional and global energy needs
in the 21st century in a sustainable manner. This module provides an introduction to energy systems and
renewable energy resources, with a scientific examination of the energy field and an emphasis on alternate
energy sources and their technology and application. The module will explore society’s present needs and
future energy demands, examine conventional energy sources and systems, including fossil fuels and nuclear
energy, and then focus on alternate, renewable energy sources such as solar, biomass (conversions), wind
power, geothermal, and hydro. Energy conservation methods will be emphasized.
Page 132 of ??
Module Outline: EtCTS (3)

Lecture Project Home T.Load
1) Energy in Context 9 8 8 25
2) Specific Energy Technologies 11 12 11 34
3) Energy End Use, Option Assessment, and Tradeoff Analysis 8 7 7 22
Total 28 27 26 81
Method of Teaching
Lecture, field visit, discussion, assignments, group work, project

Week 1 Energy in Context Asking and Introduce mod- Answerung and
• Overview of energy use and answering ule guide book asking questions
related issues questions Asking and Taking notes
• Sustainability, energy, and clean Discussion answering ques- Observe simulations
technologies in context Lecture tions Home exercise with
Demonstration Lecturing online simulation
Week 2 • Resource evaluation and de- Demonstrate on-
pletion analysis line simulation
• Global change and response Select free sites
issues for simulation
Give home work
Week 3 • International efforts to abate
global changes
• Regional air pollution
Assignment I
Week 4 •Overview of energy supply port- Asking and Introduce mod- Answerung and
folio answering ule guide book asking questions
• Criteria for assessing the sustain-questions Asking and Taking notes
ability of energy technologies Discussion answering ques- Observe simulations
Lecture tions Home exercise with
Week 5 • Energy transportation and Demonstration Lecturing online simulation
storage Demonstrate on-
line simulation
Select free sites
for simulation
Give home work
Test I and Project assignment
Page 133 of ??

Week 6 Specific Energy Technologies Discussion Asking and Answering and ask-
• Geothermal Energy Lecture answering ques- ing questions
• Hydropower Problem solv- tions Taking notes
• Nuclear waste disposal ing Lecturing Participate in group
Site observa- Solve sample discussion
Week 7 • Electrochemical energy stor- tion problems Site visite
age Online illus- Forming groups Write visite report
• Fuel Cell and distributed energy tration and for discussion Home exercising
programs in industry Demonstration Asign project in
• Biomass energy Learning groups
through obser- Arrange site
Week 8 • Biomass conversion to liquid vation visite
fuels Give home work
• Hydrogen as a fuel
• Nuclear energy I: Present tech-
nologies
Assignment II
Week 9 •Nuclear energy II: Future tech- Discussion Asking and Answering and ask-
nologies and the fuel cycle Lecture answering ques- ing questions
• Fossil energy I: Types and charac- Problem solv- tions Taking notes
teristics. decarbonization ing Lecturing Participate in group
• Fossil energy II: Conversion, Site observa- Solve sample discussion
power cycles tion problems Site visite
Online illus- Forming groups Write visite report
Week 10 • Fusion energy technologies tration and for discussion Home exercising
• Wind power Demonstration Asign project in
• Cape wind and other wind Learning groups
projects through obser- Arrange site
vation visite
Week 11 • Tidal and wave energy Give home work
• Solar thermal energy
• Solar photovoltaic energy
Test II
Week 12 Energy End Use, Option Assess- Discussion Asking and Answering and ask-
ment, and Tradeoff Analysis Lecture answering ques- ing questions
• Eco-buildings Problem solv- tions Taking notes
• Domestic Energy Efficiency Im- ing Lecturing Participate in group
provement Forming groups discussion Home ex-
for discussion ercising
Week 13 • Electric Industry Restructur- Give home work
ing
• Future Road Transport Options
Week 14 • Sustainable Development Issues Discussion Asking and Answering and ask-
and Decision-making Techniques Lecture answering ques- ing questions
• Impact of energy uses on ecosys- Problem solv- tions Taking notes
tems. ing Lecturing Participate in group
Forming groups discussion Home ex-
• Research into renewable en- for discussion ercising
ergy sources. Give home work
• Energy Policy and Options
Week 15 Project presentation
Week 16 Final examination
Page 134 of ??
work in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 5 5%
Test II Week 11 10%
Project assignment Week 5 20%
Total 100%
1. Robert L. Evans, Fueling Our Future: An Introduction to Sustainable Energy, Cambridge University press,
(2007).
2. Tester, J. W., E. M. Drake, M. W. Golay, M. J. Driscoll, and W. A. Peters, Sustainable Energy-Choosing among
option, The MIT Press, (2005).
3. P. Kruger , Alternative Energy Resources: The Quest for Sustainable Energy, John Wiley ans Sons, (2006).
4. Edward Mazria, The passive Solar Energy Book: A Complete Guide to Passive Solar Home, Green House and
Building Design, Rodale Pr (1979).
5. Travis Bradford, Solar Revolution: The Economic Transformation of the Global Energy Industry, The MIT
Press, (2006).
Page 135 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Introduction to Computational Physics
Module: Introduction to Computational Physics

Course Title : Introduction to Computational Physics
Prerequisite(s): Comp Co-requisite(s):
Academic Year: 20 / Year/Semester: III/ II
Students’ College/Faculty: ———- Department: Physics
nator)
Address: Block No. Rm. No.
Class Hours:
Approved by: Dean
Department Head
Team Leader
Module/Course Rationale
Computational Physics is a problem-solving technique, that is, the measure of a student’s progress is demon-
strated by the ability to solve numerical problems in physics. While the very nature of physics is to express
relationships between physical quantities in mathematical terms, an analytic solution of the resulting formu-
las is often not available. Instead, numerical solutions based on computer programs are required to obtain
concrete results for real problems. Computation has led to important conceptual advances and new ways
of thinking about physical systems. Computation can support three-dimensional visualizations of abstract
quantities, offer opportunities to construct symbolic rather than numeric solutions to problems, and provide
experience with the use of vectors as coordinate-free entities. Computation can also allow students to explore
models in a way not possible using the analytical tools available to students. Computer simulation is consid-
ered to be the third option for solving physical problems. Upon completion of this module, the student will
possess the basic knowledge of numerical modeling that may be required for graduate school or in a position
at a technical corporation. In addition, almost all undergraduate students who take physics module will use
computational tools in their future careers even if they do not become practicing physicists.
Learning Outcomes
The aim of the course is to show how the power of computers enables a computational approach to solving
physics problems to be adopted, which is distinct from, and complimentary to, traditional experimental and
theoretical approaches. The material covered will found useful in any project or problem solving work that
contains a strong computational or data analysis element. The module is designed such that a significant
fraction of the students’ time is spent actually programming specific physical problems rather than learning
abstract techniques.
• gain experience on writing manuscripts in a scientific journal style using the LATEX,
• have the ability to use computers to solve physical problems,
• write a moderate-sized computer program to model a given physical process.
• use the program to investigate the underlying physics of the given process.
• discretize a differential equation using grid and basis set methods,
Page 136 of ??
• improved confidence in developing and writing computer programs for scientific applications
• develop awareness of the value and also of the limitations of numerical methods in the simulation of
physical systems
• demonstrate knowledge in essential methods and techniques for numerical computation in physics
• use appropriate numerical method to solve the differential equations governing the dynamics in physical
systems
• design and implement computer programs to solve physical problems by using Fortran, C++ or other
software
• outline the essential features of each of the simulation techniques introduced and give examples of their
use in contemporary science,
• develop computer simulation for science problems, and investigate the problems using statistical, graph-
ical and numerical packages,
They will have gained a deeper understanding of the physical processes and principles underlying the
particular system they have modelled.
Module Competency
Up on completion of this module, the students:
• Have knowledge of different computer working environments and use the appropriate one for their
purpose.
• Can write computer program specific to scientific problem they want to solve numerically.
• Can generate data from the program they develop and demonstrate the results graphically.
• Can analyze the numerical results against experimental and analytical results.
Module Description
This module is designed to cover Introductory Computational Physics and techniques used in modeling phys-
ical systems numerically. It is designed to help the students in the selection of an operating system (Windows
versus Unix/Linux), and programming language (some of the more popular in science include Fortran, C,
C++, MatLab, Mathematica, and Visual Basic) that best meet the requirements needed to solve the problem.
Techniques will be developed to data fitting and to numerically differentiate and integrate, and to solve sys-
tems of linear equations, ordinary differential equations (ODE), trajectory and orbit problems with numerical
methods, and finally Fourier analysis. Molecular dynamics, Monte-Carlo techniques and Ising Model will also
be discussed as modern applications to the technique.
Course Outline (5 ECTS)

1) Introduction 4 4 7 15
2) Methods of data fitting 2 3 4 9
3) Root finding 2 3 4 9
4) Methods of differentiation and integration 2 3 4 9
5) Function optimization 2 3 4 9
6) Matrices and systems of linear equations 3 5 7 15
7) Numerical solutions to ordinary differential equations 3 5 7 15
8) Trajectories and orbits 2 3 4 9
9) Fourier analysis and oscillations 2 3 4 9
10) Molecular dynamics 2 3 4 9
11) Monte Carlo methods 2 3 4 9
12) 2-D and 3-D numerical problems 2 3 4 9
13) The Ising model 2 3 4 9
Total 30 44 61 135
Page 137 of ??
Method of Teaching
The module hase two structures:
1 The Lecture Component (2 hrs per week) and which covers:
- physics background of the projects
- introduction to numerical algorithms
- basics of data analysis
2 The Laboratory Component, (3 hrs per week) and which covers

Students:
- develp computer code
- run simulations
- analyze and visualize data

Instructor:
- guides setup of simulations
- helps with coding and debugging
- provides input for data analysis
Page 138 of ??

Week 1 Introduction Lecture explain experiment and Listen to presentation
Questioning theory take notes
and as problem solving home reading
Answering techniques in physics
Define Computational
Physics
assign reading
assignments
Operating Group discus- Question and answer Ask and Answer ques-
systems sion, Ques- Explain use of Unix, La- tions
Unix, Latex, tioning and tex, Postscript and pdf take notes, lab practice
Postscript, Answering, lab demonstration
pdf Learning by
doing
Week 2 Scientific Group dis- Ask quation Introduce Listen to a lesson and take
program- cussion and programming languages short notes, Asking and
ming Questioning answering questions, Do-
and answering ing Home work questions
Error analy- Group dis- Ask quations on errors Group discussion Ques-
sis and un- cussion Ques- and uncertainties tioning and answering
certainties tioning and
answering
Learning by do- Tutoring practice Lab practice
ing
Week 3 Methods of Lecture Questioning and answer- Questioning and answer-
data fitting ing ing
Lecture Present the lesson Take notes
Learning by do- Leading lab session Practice
ing Provide home work exercise at home
Week 4 Root finding Lecture Questioning and answer- Questioning and answer-
ing ing
Lecture Present the lesson Take notes
Lab work Leading lab session Practice
provide home work exercise at home
Week 5 Methods of Questioning Asking questions Questioning and answer-
differenti- and answering Lecturing ing
ation and Lecture Tutoring taking notes
integration lab practice
exercise at home
Facility dependent individual/group project assignment
Week 6 Function Questioning Questions and Lecturing Questioning, answering
Optimiza- and answering and take notes
tion
Test I
Page 139 of ??

Week 7 Matrices Questioning Questioning, answering Questioning, answering
and Systems and answering and lecturing take notes
of Linear Learning by lab demonstration pro- lab practice
Equations doing vide home work perform home work
Week 8 Matrices Questioning Questioning, answering Questioning, answering
and Systems and answering and lecturing take notes
of Linear Learning by lab demonstration pro- lab practice
Equations doing vide home work perform home work
Numerical Lecture and Questioning, answering Questioning, answering
Sulutions Learning by lecturing and take notes
to ordinary doing Leading lab session lab practice
differential
equations
Group Assignment
Week 9 Numerical Lecture and Questioning, answering Questioning, answering
Sulutions Learning by lecturing and take notes
to ordinary doing Leading lab session lab practice
differential Provide group
equations assignment
Test II
Week 10 Trajectories Lecture, questioning, answering questioning, answering
and orbits discussion, and lecturing and taking notes
questioning give examples home exercise
and answering provide home work
Week 11 Fourier Lecture Lecturing taking notes
Analysis provide class and home perform activities
and Oscilla- activities
tions
Week 12 Molecular Lecture questioning, answering questioning, answering
dynamics Topic lecturing and taking notes
Demonstraion Show simulation and tu- observe simulation and
toring lab practice
Individual Assignment
Week 13 Monte Carlo Lecture and Lecturing and Demon- Observe demonstration
Methods Demonstration strating the method and take notes
Learning by do- Tutoring lab practice
ing
Week 14 2-D and 3- Lecture and Demonstrate 2-D and 3-D Observe demonstration
D numerical Demonstration objects and lecturing and take notes
problems learning by Tutoring lab practice
doing provide home work
Week 15 The Ising Lecture Lecturing with examples, Taking notes, questioning
Model questioning, answering and answering
Week 15 Revision
Week 16 Written and Practical final examination
Page 140 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 6 10%
Test II Week 9 10%
2 Group Assignment I Week 5 10%
3 Group project Week 8 15%
4 Individual assignment Week 12 15%
6 Practical final exam Final week 15%
7 Written final exam Final week 15%
Total 100%
1. S.S. Sastry, Introductory Methods of Numerical Analysis, 3rd ed., Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi (2003).
2. Tao Pang, An Introduction to Computational Physics,Cambridge University Press, (1997)
3. R. Fitzpatrick, Computational Physics: Computer based learning unit, University of Leads, (1996).
4. H Gould, et al, An Introduction to computer simulation methods: Application to Physical System, 2nd ed.,
(1995).
5. R. Fitzpatrick, Introduction to Computational Physics, University of Texas.
6. V. Rajaraman, Computer Programming in Fortran 90 and 95; Prentice Hall of India, New Delhi (2002).
7. S. Rahtz; A LATEX Survival Guide for Unix Systems; 1994 and the Internet.
Page 141 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Research Methods and Senior Project
Module: Research Methods and Senior Project
Module Code: Phys-M3121; EtCTS of Module: 7 ; Course Status: Compulsory

Course Title : Research Methods and Senior Project
Academic Year: 20 / Year/Semester: III/ II
Students’ College/Faculty: ——– Department: Physics
nator)
Class Hours:
Approved by: Dean
D. Head
Team Leader
Module Rationale
The module is designed to train students of physics to become good researchers by taking a project after
introducing them with the basic concepts of research methodology.
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this module students will have demonstrated the ability to:
• Formulate research problems and objectives and determine what problem/objective is researchable
• Gain insight into the aspects of literature and studies partially and closely related to the study
• Differentiate the four kinds of research designs and identify the strengths and limitations of each design
• Identify the qualities of a good research instrument
• Diagnose correct statistical tools to answer the research problems/objectives
• Analyze and interpret raw data in terms of quantity, quality,attribute, trait, pattern, trend and relation-
ships
• Follow the widely accepted format and style of writing in the academic community
• Develop the qualities of a good researcher - Research-oriented,Efficient, Scientific, Effective, Active, Re-
sourceful, Creative, Honest, Economical, and Religious
• analyze the content of selected articles in physics or physics related area and critique the arguments
made in those articles.
• Perform a literature search; give a scientific presentation, work in the context of a research group, keep a
professional log book, present and defend a scientific poster, write a scientific report.
• present their own work using the formats commonly employed in scientific presentations.
• acquire Time-management transferable skill; working in groups; report writing; keeping a professional
journal (log book); oral and written presentation, communication.
Module Competency
Up on successful completion of this module students have the ability to:
Page 142 of ??
• Work as a research assistant in science/physics related research centers,
• Develop acceptable research proposaland conduct research in physics and related areas.
Module Description
This module includes nature and characteristic of research, review of literature, designing research, qualities
of good research, sampling design, data analysis and interpretation and the styles of research
Module Outline
Lecture Project Home T.Load
1) Nature and Characteristics of Research 2 6 15 23

2) Research Problems and Objectives 2 6 15 23
3) Review of Related Literature 1 4 12 17
4) Research Design 1 4 12 17
5) Qualities of a Good Research Instrument 1 4 12 17
6) Sampling Designs 2 8 15 23
7) Data Processing and Statistical Treatment 2 6 15 23
8) Data Analysis and Interpretation 2 6 15 23
9) Form and Style in Writing a Research 2 6 15 23
Total 15 48 126 189
Note: The Tutorial Colummn is designed as a time for a face to face interaction between
the instructor and the students to discuss the follow-up of senior project work.
Method of Teaching
The module methodology includes lecture that provides condensed explanations, discussion that encourages
a flexible exchange of information, and practical work which requires students to practice the techniques they
are learning. The focus of the module will be the paradigm shift from instructor-centered to student-centered
curricula wherein teaching strategies that promote active learning will be applied such as case studies, co-
operative learning, concept tests and problem based learning. Students will intruduce to the use of variety of
statistical software packages to analyze both quantitative and qualitative data. Students will have independent
project work and submit to the module instructor.

Week Nature and Characteristics of Research Asking and Introduce module Answerung
1 • Meaning of Research answering guide book and asking
• Qualities and Characteristic of a Good Re- questions Asking and an- questions
searcher Discussion swering questions Taking notes
• Values of Research to Man Lecture Lecturing Disccuss in
• Types and Classification of Research Demonstration Form groups for group
• Meaning and Types of Variable discussion Home exercise
• Components of the Research Process Give home work
Week Research Problems and Objectives Discussion Asking and an- Answerung
2 • The Research Problem Lecture swering questions and asking
• The Research Objectives Lecturing questions
• Statement of Research Problem/Objectives Give home work Taking notes
• The Hypothesis and Assumption Group discus-
• Theoretical and Conceptual Framework sion
• Significance of Study Home exercise
• Scope and Limitations of the Study
• Definition of Terms
Test I
Page 143 of ??

Week REVIEW OF RELATED LITERA- Discussion Asking and Answerung and
3 TURE Lecture answering ques- asking questions
• Related Readings Learning by tions Taking notes
• Related Literature application Lecturing Group discussion
• Related Studies Lead group dis- Home exercise
• Justification of the Present Study cussion
Give home work
RESEARCH DESIGN
• Descriptive Design (Types of De-
scriptive Design)
• Experimental Design (Types of
Experimental Design)
Test II
Week QUALITIES OF A GOOD RE- Discussion Asking and Answerung and
4 SEARCH INSTRUMENT Lecture answering ques- asking questions
• Validity Learning by tions Taking notes
• Reliability application Lecturing Group discussion
• Usability Lead group dis- Select researchable
cussion problem
SAMPLING DESIGNS Give home work Home exercise
• Advantages of Sampling Guide students
• Limitations of Sampling on how to select
• Planning a Sampling Survey a problem
• Determination of Sample Size
• Scientific Sampling
Students search for a researchable project/Problem (by reviewing litrature)
Week DATA PROCESSING AND STA- Discussion Asking and Answerung and
5 TISTICAL TREATMENT Lecture answering ques- asking questions
• Data Processing Learning by tions Taking notes
• Categorization of Data doing Lecturing Group discussion
• Coding of Data Lead group dis- Incorporate com-
• Tabulation of Data cussion ments on selected
Give comment topic for project
• Data Matrix on students tile Home exercise
• Statistical Treatment Give home work prepare for test
• Statistical Tools for - Research
, Descriptive and Experimental
Designs
Students present identified problem through literature review
Test III
Week DATA ANALYSIS AND INTER- Discussion Asking and Answerung and
6 PRETATION Lecture answering ques- asking questions
• Univariate, Bivariate, Multivariate Learning by tions Taking notes
Analysis doing Lecturing Group discussion
• Normative Analysis Lead group dis- Home exercise
• Status Analysis cussion
• Descriptive Analysis Give home work
• Classification Analysis
• Evaluative Analysis
• Comparative Analysis
• Cost-Effective Analysis
Title of student’s project approved and literature review continued
Test IV
Page 144 of ??

and colleaques
Week 7 FORM AND STYLE IN WRITING Discussion Asking and Answerung and
A RESEARCH Lecture answering ques- asking questions
• The Preliminaries of a Research Learning by tions Taking notes
• The Text of a Research Paper doing Lecturing Group discussion
• Chapter Headings Learning by Lead group dis- Incorporate com-
• Documentation in Research Paper application cussion ments of contents of
• Notes, Bibliography, References Give comments title
and Literature Cited on contents of Home exercise
• Style in Writing selected title
Give home work
Students present contents of selected title and approved and literature review contnued
Week 8 Students finalize their senior project proposal and submit for approval
Week 9 Students present their senior project proposal and get approved
Week Students collect data for senior project and write first draft
10-11
Week 12 Students present their first draft paper and get commented
Week 13 Students present their first senior project paper and get commented
Week 14 Students submit their final senior project paper
Week 15 Students defend their final senior project paper
Week 16 Written final examination
N.B. All issues related to students project will be discussed during tutorial sessions schedueld every week.
work in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 2 5%
Test II Week 3 5%
Test III Week 5 5%
Test IV Week 6 5%
2 First presentation Week 5 5%
3 Second presentation Week 9 10%
4 Third presentation Week 13 15%
5 Final presentation Week 15 30%
6 Final exam Week 16 20%
Total 100%
1. Paler-Calmorin, Laurentina. Methods of Research and Thesis Writing, 2006. .
2. Rex Bookstore, Inc. Manila, Philippines Temechegn Engida. Educational Research Methods (Module), 2008.
3. Louis Cohen, Lawrence Manion and Keith Morrison. Research Methods in Education 5th ed.,. Routledge
Falmer, London, 2000.
4. Judith Bell. Doing Your Research Project (3rd Edition). Open University Press, United Kingdom, 1999.
5. Joseph Gibaldi. MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Paper 6th ed.,. First East-West Press Edition, New
Delhi, 2004
Page 145 of ??
9.2 PHYSICS ELECTIVE MODULES
Page 146 of ??
Module: Metrology
Module Title : Metrology

Module Status : Elective
Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Metroloy I Phys3131 3 5
Metrology II Phys3132 3 5
Metrology III Phys3133 3 5
Total 9 15

The growing export market in the agriculture and industry sectors is accompanied by increased demand of
standardization and quality assurance. Maintaining quality is a key for competitiveness in the global market.
Industrial productions of highly complex goods or semi-processed raw materials demand for reliable and accu-
rate measurements. Accurate and traceable measurements are essential for the society and trade. The Science
of measurement has become advanced as well as sophisticated, and has consequently enjoyed expanded range
of application from agriculture to medicine from industries to forensics. In Ethiopia, there is a growing need
of trained man power. Modernizing manufacturing and agricultural sectors, creating conducive environment
for investment and food self sufficiency are focus areas of the country.
Metrology is not an activity that is only carried out in specialized institutes or calibration laboratories. In order
to meet the needs of society for accurate and reliable measurements in all its many applications, a strong spirit
of metrology must also exist in companies and enterprises that make the instruments and that use them to
make measurements.

• recognize measurement as a science and the importance of standardization;
• explain the working principle of instrumentation;
• Perform basic and advanced measurement activities;
• solve problems related to measurement and error analysis;
• recognize quality control, quality systems and quality management;
• Explain and national quality infrastructure;
• troubleshoot faults ins measuring instruments;
• understanding of quality assurance and infrastructure concept in various sectors of the national economy
• Work Co-operatively: students are free to discuss homework problems with each other. Hence they have
the opportunity to work co-operatively and exploit each other as a learning resource.
147
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Metrology
Module Competency
After completing this module students can
• work in calibrations, standardization and quality control agencies.
• work as industrial metrologiest, and compute in the physical laboratories
Module Description
This module aims to introduce the fundamental concepts of measurement science and quality infrastructure.
This first course in metrology which contains topic like Fundamentals of measurement science, Statistical Anal-
ysis of Measurement, Analogy Measuring instruments.
History and evolution of Quality control, Quality and Quality Systems, the ISO Quality Systems, Quality
Management will motivate and gives the fundamentals to enter quality assurance, standardization procedures
and professions that need of.
This second and third courses aim to deepen the concepts of measurement science and quality control by at-
taching students to a project work in collaboration with the facilities in the Quality and Standards Authority
of Ethiopia. Metrology II consists of topics like Measurement Circuits and Matching of Instruments, Oscil-
loscope, Procedures for Measurement of Impedances, Measurement Amplifiers, Instrumentation and Some
practical activities on Measurement Circuits and Matching of Instruments, Oscilloscope, Procedures for Mea-
surement of Impedances, Measurement Amplifiers. And in the final course students will work on ”Project on
Topics of Standardization, Measurement or Quality infrastructure.”

Phys3131 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3132 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3133 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 148 of ??
Metrology I
Module Code: Phys-M3132; EtCTS of Course: 5 ; Course Status: Elective

Course Title : Metrology I
Mode of delivery: Conditional; Weeks required:
Students’ College/Faculty: —–; Department: Physics
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course aims to introduce the fundamental concepts of measurement science and quality infrastructure.
The growing export market in the agriculture and industry sectors is accompanied by increased demand of
standardization and quality assurance. This first course in metrology will motivate and gives the fundamentals
to enter quality assurance and standardization procedures. professions that need need of
Learning Outcomes
• recognize measurement as a science and the importance of standardization;
• Perform basic measurement activities;
• Explain and national quality infrastructure;
Course Description
Fundamentals of measurement science, Statistical Analysis of Measurement, Analogy Measuring instruments.
History and evolution of Quality control, Quality and Quality Systems, the ISO Quality Systems, Quality
Management
149

I) Introduction to Measurement Science 10 15 21 36
1. Fundamentals of Measurement Science
2. Statistical Analysis of Measurement
3. Analogue Measuring Instruments
II) Quality Control 16 24 29 59
1. History and Evolution of Quality Control
2. Quality and Quality Systems
3. The ISO 9000 Quality Systems
4. Quality Management
III) Quality Infrastructure 4 6 10 20
1. The Concept of NQI
Total 30 31 55 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Fundamentals of Mea- Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes
surement Science Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions
• Importance of Measure- ing Presentation of Solve exercises
ment Science and Metrol- Online learning lecture, Work in group and
ogy in Science, Engineer- resources Demonstrate prob- individual
ing, Economics, and Soci- lem solving, Work their assign-
ety Give exercises ment
• Introduction to Metro- and monitor the Prepare for test
logical Standards and SI process,
Units Solve worksheets
• Standards and Regula- during tutorials
tion
Worksheet
Assignment I
Week 2 Statistical Analysis of Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes
Measurement Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions
• Basic Statistics of Mea- ing Presentation of Solve exercises
surement Data Online learning lecture, Work in group and
• Types of errors in Mea- resources Demonstrate prob- individual
surement lem solving, Work their assign-
Give exercises ment
Week 3 • Error Propagation of and monitor the Prepare for test
Systematic and Stochastic process,
Errors Solve worksheets
• Reactions and Distur- during tutorials
bances in a measuring
System
Page 150 of ??

Analogue Measuring Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes
Week 4 Instruments Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions
• Measurement of Mass, ing Presentation of Solve exercises
Length and Timei Online learning lecture, Work in group and
resources Demonstrate prob- individual
Week 5 • Measurement of Cur- lem solving, Work their assign-
rent, Voltage, Power Give exercises ment
and monitor the Prepare for test
process,
Solve worksheets
during tutorials
Test I
History and Evolution of Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Week 6 Quality Control Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions,
• Developments up to ing, Presentation of Solve exercises,
WW II Online learning lecture, Work in group and
• Modern Developments resources Demonstrate prob- individual,
lem solving, Work their assign-
Week 7 • Training for Qual- Give exercises ment
ity and monitor the Prepare for test
Quality and Quality process,
Systems Solve worksheets
• Quality Systems and during tutorials
Related Aspects
Week 8 • Quality Control and

Quality Assurance
Week 9 • Quality Management

Systems
• Elements of Quality
Systems
Assignment II
The ISO 9000 Quality Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Week Systems Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions,
10 • The ISO 9000 Family of ing, Presentation of Solve exercises,
Standards Online learning lecture, Work in group and
• Quality Systems Docu- resources Demonstrate prob- individual,
mentation and Audinting lem solving, Work their assign-
Give exercises ment
Week • ISO 9000: Related and monitor the Prepare for test
11 Aspects process,
• Other Quality Systems Solve worksheets
during tutorials
Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes,
Week Quality Management Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions,
12 • Introduction to total ing, Presentation of Solve exercises,
Quality Management Online learning lecture, Work in group and
• Quality Awards resources Demonstrate prob- individual,
Week • Comparison of Na- Give exercises ment
13 tional/International and monitor the Prepare for test
Quality Awards and process,
International Standards Solve worksheets
• Six Sigma and Other during tutorials
Extensions of Quality
Management
Test II
Page 151 of ??

The Concept of NQI Lecture, Presentation of Take notes,
Week • NQI implementation in Problem solv- lecture, Ask questions,
14 practice ing, Demonstrate prob- Solve exercises,
Online learning lem solving, Work in group and
Week • Comparison of QI resources, Give exercises individual,
15 National/Regional/global Presentation and monitor the Work their assign-
process, ment,
Solve worksheets Prepare for final
during tutorials, exam,
Prepare topics for Work on their
group presentation assigned presenta-
tion
Week Final Exam
16
Assessment
1 Test I Week 5 10%
Test II Week 13 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
FARAGO, F.T., Curtis, M.A., Handbook of Dimensional Measurement, Third Edition, Industrial Press, 1994
References
1. Harrison M. Wadsworth, Modern Methods for Quality Control and Improvement, John Weily and Sons, 2002
Page 152 of ??
Metrology II

Course Title : Metrology II
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: III/
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course aims to deepen the concepts of measurement science and quality control. The growing export
market in the agriculture and industry sectors is accompanied by increased demand of standardization and
quality assurance. This first course in metrology will motivate and gives the fundamentals to enter quality
assurance and standardization procedures. professions that need need of
Learning Outcomes
• Perform advanced measurement activities;
Course Description
Measurement Circuits and Matching of Instruments, Oscilloscope, Procedures for Measurement of Impedances,
Measurement Amplifiers, Instrumentation and Some practical activities on Measurement Circuits and Match-
ing of Instruments, Oscilloscope, Procedures for Measurement of Impedances, Measurement Amplifiers.
153

I) Analogue Measuring Instruments 16 24 29 69
1. Measurement Circuits and Matching of
Instruments
2. Oscilloscope
3. Procedures for Measurement of
Impedances
4. Measurement of Amplifiers
II) Statistical Process Control 7 11 16 34
1. Fundamentals of Statistical Concepts
2. Introduction to Control Charts
3. Specification Limits and Tolerance
III) Methods for Quality Improvement 7 10 15 32
1. Process Control and Improvement Tech-
niques
2. Industrial Experimentation
3. Design and Reliability
Total 30 45 60 135
Method of Teaching

Measurement Circuits Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes
and Matching of Instru- Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions
ments ing Presentation of Solve exercises
Week 1 • Measuring I, V, and P in Online learning lecture, Work in group and
AC resources Demonstrate prob- individual
• Measuring I, V, and P in lem solving, Work their assign-
DC Give exercises ment
and monitor the Prepare for test
Week 2 • Measuring I, V, and process,
P in three phase systems Solve worksheets
during tutorials
Oscilloscope
Week 3 • Characteristics (input
impedance, bandwidth,
rising time, sensitivity
and noise)
Week 4 • Multichannel Oscil-

loscopes
Assignment I
Page 154 of ??

Procedures for Measure- Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes
ment of Impedances Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions
Week 5 • Resistance Bridges ing Presentation of Solve exercises
• Impedance bridges Online learning lecture, Work in group and
(Capacitances and Induc- resources Demonstrate prob- individual
tances) lem solving, Work their assign-
Give exercises ment
Week 6 • Bridges for frequen- and monitor the Prepare for test
cies and Phases process,
Solve worksheets
Measurement Am- during tutorials
plifiers
Week 7 • Close locked loop am-
plifiers (Inverting and
non-Inverting)
• Voltage followers
Week 8 • Practical Applications

Test I
Week 9 Fundamentals of Statisti- Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes
cal Concepts Problem solv- and Assignment, Ask questions
assignment II ing Presentation of Solve exercises
Week • Introduction to Control Online learning lecture, Work in group and
10 Charts resources Demonstrate prob- individual
Week • Specification Limits Give exercises ment
11 and Tolerance and monitor the Prepare for test
process,
Solve worksheets
during tutorials
Test II
Week Process Control and Im- Lecture, Give worksheet Take notes
12 provement Techniques Problem solv- Presentation of Ask questions
ing lecture, Solve exercises
Week • Industrial Experi- Online learning Demonstrate prob- Work in group and
13 mentation resources lem solving, individual
Give exercises Work their assign-
Week • Design and Reliability and monitor the ment
14 process, Prepare for final
Solve worksheets exam
during tutorials
Week Final Exam
16
Assessment
1 Test I Week 8 10%
Test II Week 11 10%
Total 100%
Page 155 of ??
Course Textbook
References
Page 156 of ??
Metrology III

Course Title : Metrology III
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course aims to deepen the concepts of measurement science and quality control by attaching students to
a project work in collaboration with the facilities in the Quality and Standards Authority of Ethiopia .
Learning Outcomes
• Perform advanced measurement activities;
Course Description
Project Work on Quality and standard topics.
Course Outline
1. Project on Topics of Standardization, Measurement or Quality infrastructure
Method of Teaching
One semester Project work with guidance of advisor on topics of measurement, standardization and quality
infrastructure.
157

Weeks • Lecture on how to write Lecture, Presentation of Take notes
1 ”Project proposal” on the Online learning lecture Ask questions
area resources Provide different Refer different
literatures journals and litera-
tures
Weeks •Selection of title for Consultative guidance Reviewing litrature
2 and 3 project Gap identification
(Problem identification)
Week 4 • Submition of research- Consultative Comenting identi- Incorporating com-
able problem fied problem ments
Week 5 • Writing outline of the Consultative/ Guidance and Write the outline
proposal Discussion commenting the and submit for
outline comments
Week 6 • Approval of Project Pro- Consultative Give final com- Incorporate final
posal ments comments,
Approve proposal Present the fi-
nal proposal for
approval
Week 7 •Data and information Consultative Guidance Collect data
to 9 collection and self study discuss with advi-
sor
Week • Writing first draft report Consultative Guidance Organize data and
10 write paper
Week • Presentation of first Discussion Observe presenta- Present zero draft
11 draft tion incorporate com-
Give comments ments
Week •Writing final draft of Consultative Guidance writing final draft
12 and project of paper
13
Week • Assesment of final draft Consultative Read the finaldraft Incorporate com-
14 give comments ments
Week Oral presentation
15
Assessment
1 Project proposal Week 6 10%
Two progress reports Week11 and 13 10%
2 Presentation and Oral quastion Week 14 40%
3 Assesment of Project Report All weeks 40%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
References
Page 158 of ??
Module: Nuclear Physics and Applications
Module Title : Nuclear Physics and Applications

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Nuclear Physics II Phys3141 3 5
Radiation Physics Phys3142 3 5
Introduction to Medical Physics Phys3143 3 5
Total 9 15

Training experts of applied physics in nuclear, radiation and medical physics is valuable in industries, research
institutions and health centers and contribute for the sustainable development of the country. Thus, this mod-
ule is designed to introduce application of physics in clarifying physical principles of nuclear and radiation
Physics and in medicine.

• set up the knowledge of physics for application in medicine, nuclear and radiation physics,
• discuss the mechanics, optical and electrical system of a body and realize the essentials of radiation and
radiation protection,
• identify elementary particle,
• describe the radiation field qualitatively and quantitatively,
• explain the basic concepts of nuclear decay and the sources of nuclear radiation,
• identify major interaction of ionizing radiation with matter,
• state the relevant interaction mechanisms and use them in analyzing detection,
• select appropriate methods to detect radiation.
Module Competency
At the end of this module the student will
• Be employed in medical institutions using technologies such as MRI, CT scan, X-ray.
• Work in radiation protection institutes.
• Provide public consultations in radiation protections principle.
• Conduct supervision on practices carried out with sources of ionizing radiation
159
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Nuclear Physics and Applications
Module Description
The main contents of this module are the nucleus nuclear decay, nuclear reactions, radiation dosimetry, chem-
ical and biological effects of radiations, sources of radiations, beta, gamma and neutron sources and applica-
tions of radioisotopes in research and industry. It also explains mechanics, energy household, pressure system,
acoustics, optical system and electrical system of the body. More over it includes radiation and radiation pro-
tection, diagnostic iradiology, diagnostic nuclear medicine and therapeutic nuclear medicine.

Phys3141 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3142 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3143 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 160 of ??
Nuclear Physics II

Course Title : Nuclear Physics II
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Nuclear physics is an important area of application of the ideas of quantum physics, with applications that
have significant impact globally. High-energy particle physics discovers and tests the laws of physics at the
extreme limits accessible to human experiments. This course will provide a sound understanding of the phys-
ical principles underlying these areas.
Learning Outcomes
• explain the basic concepts nuclear decay;
• apply theories to explain processes and phenomena;
• solve problems;
• apply relevant conservation laws to describe processes and phenomea;
• identify elementary particle;
• solve problems on topics included in the syllabus.
• manage their own learning and make appropriate use of support material.
Course Description
Nuclear Decay: Alpha decay, Transmission coefficient for barrier transmissions, Gamow’s theory of alpha
decay. Beta decay, Fermi theory of beta decay, Kuri plots and applications, ft-values and selections rules,
Parity and non-conservation of parity in beta decay, Wu’s experiment, Gamma decay transition probabilities
and selection rules.
Nuclear Reactions: Q-equation of nuclear reaction, cross-section, partial wave analysis of nuclear reactions
cross section, compound nucleus theory and its verification (Ghoshal’s experiment), decay of compound nu-
cleus, statistical theory of nuclear reactions, resonances and one level Breit-Wigner formula. Direction reactions
and their explanations.
161

Lecture Home T.Load
No Topic (hrs) (hrs) (hrs)
1) Nuclear Decay 12 24 36
2) Nuclear Reactions 15 30 45
3) Direction reactions and their explanations. 6 12 18
4) Particle physics: 12 24 36
Total 45 90 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Nuclear Decay Gapped Give lecture Listen to a lesson
• Alpha decay Lecture Make students discuss in take short notes,
-Transmission coefficient group dis- group Asking and answering
for barrier transmissions cussion Invite and inspire stu- questions,
- Gamows theory of alpha problem dents to ask questions Solving problems in
decay solving Give class and home as- class,
signments doing home work and
assignment,
Week 2 • Beta decay Gapped Give lecture Listen to a lesson
- Fermi theory of beta Lecture Make students discuss in take short notes,
decay group dis- group Asking and answering
- Kuri plots and applica- cussion Invite and inspire stu- questions,
tions problem dents to ask questions Solving problems in
- ft-values and selections solving Give class and home as- class,
rules signments doing home work and
Week 3 - Parity and non- assignment,
conservation of parity in
beta decay
- Wus experiment
Assignment I
Week 4 • Gamma decay transi- Gapped Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
tion probabilities and se- Lecture Make students discuss in take short notes,
lection rules group dis- group Asking and answering
cussion Set a time for problem questions,
problem solving class Solving problems in
solving class Give class and home as- class,
signments doing Home work and
Set time for quiz and im- assignment,
plement it Prepare for Quiz
Test I
Nuclear Reactions Gapped Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Week 5 • Q-equation of nuclear Lecture Make students discuss in take short notes,
reaction group dis- group Asking and answering
cussion Set a time for problem questions,
Week 6 • Cross-section problem solving class Solving problems in
• Partial wave analysis solving Give class and home as- class,
of nuclear reactions cross signments doing Home work and
section set time for quiz and im- assignment,
plement it
Page 162 of ??

Week 7 • Compound nucleus Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
theory and its verification group discus- Make students take short notes,
(Ghoshals experiment) sion discuss in group Asking and an-
problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
Week 8 • Decay of compound ing lem solving class Solving problems
nucleus Give class and in class,
• Statistical theory of home assignments doing Home work
nuclear reactions set time for quiz and assignment,
and implement it
Week 9 • resonances and one
level Breit- Wigner for-
mula
Assignment II
Week Direction reactions and Gapped lecture -Give lecture taking short notes,
10 and their explanations - Group discus- -Make students Asking and an-
Week sion discuss in group swering questions,
11 - Questioning -Set a time for Doing Home work
and answering problem solving questions
-Give class and get feed back
home assignments
-Give feedback of
the quiz
Test II II
Week Particle physics Gapped Lecture -Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
12 • Conservation laws -group discus- -Make students take short notes,
• Elementary particles sion discuss in group Asking and an-
-problem solv- -Set a time for swering questions,
Week • classification of ele- ing problem solving Solving problems
13 mentary particles class in class,
• strangeness and associ- -Give class and doing Home work
ated production home assignments and assignment,
Week • Resonances
14 • Quarks and quark
constituents of hadrons
15
Week Final Exam
16
Assessment
1 Test I Week 4 10%
Test II Week 11 10%
Total 100%
Krane K.S., Introductory Nuclear Physics, Wiley, (1987).
Page 163 of ??
References
1. W.E. Burcham & M. Jobes, Nuclear and Particle Physics, Addison-Wesley, Thomson Press (India) Ltd.,
(1995).
2. Williams W.S.C., Nuclear and Particle Physics, Clarendon, (1991).
3. Cottingham W.M. and Greenwood D.A., An Introduction to the Standard Model of Particle Physics, Cam-
bridge University Press, (1998).
4. Halzen F. and Martin A.D., Quarks and Leptons: An Introductory Course in Modern Particle Physics, John
Wiley, (1984).
5. Lilley J., Nuclear Physics: Principles and Applications, John Wiley, (2001).
6. http://www.nap.edu/catalog/ Elementary Particle Physics: Revisiting the Secrets of Energy and Matter,
(1998).
7. R.D. Evans, The Atomic Nucleus, McGraw Hill, (1955).
Page 164 of ??
i
Radiation Physics

Course Title : Radiation Physics
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ——
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Radiation physics is an important area of application nuclear physics with applications that have significant
impact in medicent, agriculture and industry. This course will provide a sound understanding of the physical
principles underlying in radiation sources, interaction mechanisms with matter and detection.
Learning Outcomes
• explain the sources of nuclear radiation;
• describe the radiation field qualitatively and quantitatively;
• identify major interaction of ionizing radiation with matter;
• identify detectors and principles of their operation;
• state the relevant interaction mechanisms and use them in analysing detection;
• select appropriate methods to detect radiation;
• study successfully within the system of an overseas university.
• solve problems on topics included in the syllabus.
• manage their own learning and make appropriate use of support material.
Course Description
Types of nuclear radiations, Interaction of heavy charged particles with matter, Interaction of gamma radiation
with matter, Interaction of neutron with matter as a bulk; slowing down of neutrons. Detection of charged
particles using gas filled detectors, gamma ray detectors using scintillation spectrometers, solid state detectors,
detection of neutrons.
Radiation Dosimetry; radiation units and tolerance dose, radiation damage, shielding, shielding, techniques
of personal monitoring and radiation surveying. Chemical and biological effects of radiations. Sources of
radiations, Beta, gamma and neutron sources. Applications of radioisotopes in research and industry.
165

Lecture Home T.Load
1) Types of Nuclear Radiations 3 6 9
2) Interaction of Radiation With Matter 12 24 36
3) Detection and Measurement of Radiation 12 24 36
4) Radiation Dosimetry 12 24 36
5) Applications of Radioisotopes 6 12 18
Total 45 90 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Types of Nuclear Radia- Gapped Lecture -Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
tions -group discus- -Make students take short notes,
• Course Introduc- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
tion/Radiation History/ -problem solv- -Invite and inspire swering questions,
Fundamentals of the ing students to ask Solving problems
Atom questions in class,
• Natural and Manmade -Give class and doing home work
sources of Radiation home assignments and assignment,
• Description of the
Radiation field.
Assignment I
Week 2 Interaction of Radiation Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
With Matter group discus- Make students take short notes,
• The concept of cross sion discuss in group Asking and an-
section problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
ing lem solving class Solving problems
Week 3 • Interaction of charged Give class and in class,
particles with matter home assignments doing home work
• Interaction of gamma Set time for quiz and assignment,
radiation with matter and implement it Prepare for Quiz
Week 4 • Interaction of neu-

tron with matter as a bulk
Week 5 • Slowing down of

neutrons
Test I
Page 166 of ??

Week 6 Detection and Measure- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
ment of Radiation Questioning Make students take short notes,
• Gas filled Detectors and answering discuss in group Asking and an-
group discus- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
Week 7 • Scintillation Detec- sion lem solving class Solving problems
tors problem solv- Give class and in class,
ing home assignments doing home work
Week 8 • Solid State Detec- Give feedback of and assignment,
tors the quiz Learn from the
• Detection of Neutrons feedback.
Week 9 • Background Radia-

tion
Assignment II
Week Radiation Dosimetry Gapped lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
10 • Radiation Quantities Group discus- Make students taking short notes,
and Units sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Absorbed Dose Questioning Set a time for prob- swering questions,
and answering lem solving class Doing home work
Week • Biological Effects/Cell Give class and questions
11 Survival Curves (High home assignments
Doses and Low Doses
Risk Perception Class
Discussion )
• Radiation Damage
Week • Shielding Gapped lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
12 • Techniques of Personal Group discus- Make students taking short notes,
Monitoring and Radia- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
tion surveying Questioning Set a time for prob- swering questions,
and answering lem solving class Doing home work
Week • Chemical and Biological Give class and questions
13 Effects of Radiation. home assignments
• Sources of Radiations
Test II
Week Applications of Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
14 Radioisotopes group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Radioactive Dating sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Applications in Agri- problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
culture ing lem solving class Solving problems
• Hormesis Give class and in class,
• Body Composition home assignments doing Home work
and assignment,
Week • Medical Imaging
15 • Radiation Therapy
• Industrial Applications
• Applications in Re-
search
• Charged Particle Tracks
Week Final Exam
16
Page 167 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 5 10%
Test II Week 13 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
G.F. Knoll, Radiation Detection and Measurement, John Wiley and Sons, 3rd ed., (1999).
References
1. Lapp R.E and Andrews A.L , Nuclear Radiation Physics, IV Ed. , Prentice- Hall, NJ.(1972)
2. W.E. Burcham & M. Jobes, Nuclear and Particle Physics,Addison-Wesley, Thomson Press (India) Ltd.,
(1995).
3. Knop, G. and Paul, W. , α-, β- and γ-Ray Spectroscopy,North-Holland Publishing Company, (1968).
4. E.B. Podgarsak, Radiation Physics for Medical Physicists, Springer, (2005).
5. F.M. Khan, The Physics of Radiation Therapy, L. Williams and Wilkins 4th ed., (2009).
6. Attix F.H. Radiation Dosimetry, Academic Press, (1966), Newyork.
7. dag Brune, Ragnar Hellborg, Bertil RR., Radiation at Home, outdoors, and in the workplace, Scandinevian
Publishers, (2001).
8. Cember H., Introduction to Health Physics, Pergamon Press, (1989).
Page 168 of ??
Introduction to Medical Physics

Course Title : Introduction to Medical Physics
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
The course describes physics in medicine. It is introductory physics for students having inclination toward
health physics and Medicine.
Learning Outcomes
• explain the mechanics, optical and electrical system of a body
• realize the essentials and radiaiton and radiation protection
• tackle, with facility, the physics of the human body;
• Time Management: students are required to work to weekly deadlines for the completion of homework
and must therefore develop appropriate coping strategies. In particular, it will be necessary for them to
work consistently through the week and manage their time carefully.
Course Description
Mechanics of The Body, Energy Household of The Body, Pressure System of the Body, Acoustics of the Body,
Optical System of the Body, Electrical System of the Body.
Radiation and Radiation Protection, Diagnostic Radiology, Diagnostic Nuclear Medicine, Therapeutic Nuclear
Medicine.
169

I) Introductory 2 3 6 9
1. Introduction to applications of physics to
medicine.
2. Physical properties of body tissues. Diagnosis
and therapy Safety aspects. Language and termi-
nology. Expectations. Careers in Medical Physics.
Hospital environment and patient focus.
II) Physics of The Body 11 15 20 46
1. Mechanics of The Body
2. Energy Household of The Body
3. Pressure System of the Body
4. Acoustics of the Body
5. Optical System of the Body
6. Electrical System of the Body
III) Physics of Diagnostic and Therapeutic Systems 17 27 36 84
1. Radiation and Radiation Protection
2. Diagnostic Radiology
3. Diagnostic Nuclear Medicine
4. Ultrasound Imaging
5. Therapeutic Nuclear Medicine
Total 30 45 60 135
Method of Teaching
and additional assessed coursework. Online learning resources. Hospital attached project.

Week 1 Introductory Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
• Introduction to ap- group discus- Make students take short notes,
plications of physics to sion discuss in group Asking and an-
medicine. problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions,
• Physical properties of ing students to ask Solving problems
body tissues. Diagno- questions in class,
sis and therapy Safety Give class and doing home work
aspects. Language and home assignments and assignment,
terminology. Expecta-
tions. Careers in Medical
Physics. Hospital en-
vironment and patient
focus.
Page 170 of ??

Week 2 Physics of The Body Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
• Mechanics of The Body group discus- Make students take short notes,
- Skeleton, forces, and sion discuss in group Asking and an-
body stability problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions,
- Muscles and the dynam- ing students to ask Solving problems
ics of body movement questions in class,
Physics of body crashing Give class and doing home work
home assignments and assignment,
Week 3 • Energy Household
of The Body
- Energy balance in the
body
- Energy consumption of
the body
- Heat losses of the body
Assignment I
Week 4 • Pressure System of the Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Body group discus- Make students take short notes,
-Physics of breathing sion discuss in group Asking and an-
-Physics of the cardiovas- problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
cular system ing lem solving class Solving problems
• Acoustics of the Body Give class and in class,
-Nature and characteris- home assignments doing home work
tics of sound Set time for quiz and assignment,
-Production of speech and implement it Prepare for Quiz
Physics of the ear Diag-
nostics with sound and
ultrasound
Week 5 • Optical System of the Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Body group discus- Make students take short notes,
-Physics of the eye sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Electrical System of the problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
Body ing lem solving class Solving problems
-Physics of the nervous Give class and in class,
system home assignments doing home work
-Electrical signals and in- Set time for quiz and assignment,
formation transfer and implement it Prepare for Quiz
Test I
Week 6 Physics of Diagnostic Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
and Therapeutic Sys- group discus- Make students take short notes,
tems sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Radiation and Radia- problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
tion Protection ing lem solving class Solving problems
-Radiation dosimetry Give class and in class,
-Natural radioactivity home assignments doing home work
Set time for quiz and assignment,
Week 7 -Biological effects of and implement it
radiation
-Radiation monitors
Assignment II
Page 171 of ??

Week 8 Diagnostic Radiology Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
• -Production and charac- group discus- Make students take short notes,
teristics of X-rays sion discuss in group Asking and an-
-X-ray diagnostics and problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
imaging ing lem solving class Solving problems
-Physics of nuclear mag- Give class and in class,
netic resonance (NMR) home assignments doing home work
-NMR imaging - MRI Set time for quiz and assignment,
Week 9 • Diagnostic Nuclear and implement it
Medicine
-Radiopharmaceuticals
for radioisotope imaging
-Radioisotope imaging
equipment
-Single photon and
positron emission tomog-
raphy
Test II
Week 10 Ultrasound Imaging Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
-General Principles group discus- Make students take short notes,
of Ultrasonic Imag- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
ing/Wave Propagation problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
and Characteristic Acous- ing lem solving class Solving problems
tic Impedance Give class and in class,
home assignments doing home work
Week 11 -Wave Reflection and Set time for quiz and assignment,
Refraction/Energy Loss and implement it
Mechanisms in Tis-
sue/Instrumentation
-Diagnostic Scanning
Modes
Week 12 -Artifacts in Ultrasonic Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Imaging/Image Char- group discus- Make students take short notes,
acteristics/Compound sion discuss in group Asking and an-
Imaging problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
-Blood Velocity Measure- ing lem solving class Solving problems
ments Using Ultrasound Give class and in class,
Week 13 -Ultrasound Contrast Set time for quiz and assignment,
Agents, Harmonic Imag- and implement it
ing, and Pulse Inversion
Techniques
Safety and Bio-effects
in Ultrasonic Imag-
ing/Clinical Applications
of Ultrasound
Week 14 Therapeutic Nuclear Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Medicine group discus- Make students take short notes,
-Interaction between sion discuss in group Asking and an-
radiation and matter problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
-Dose and isodose in ing lem solving class Solving problems
radiation treatment Give class and in class,
Set time for quiz and assignment,
and implement it
Week 15 Revision and Self Study

Week 16 Final Exam
Page 172 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 5 10%
Test II Week 9 10%
Total 100%
1. Herman Cember and Thomas A. Johnson, Introduction to health physics, 4th ed., (2008).
2. William R. Hendee and E. Russell ritenour, Medical imaging physics, 4th ed., (2002).
3. J.T. Bushberg, J.A. Seibert, E.M. Leidholdt Jr. and J.M. Boone, The Essential Physics of Medical Imaging,
L.Williams and Wilkins, (2001).
4. S.R. Cherry, J. Sorenson, m. Pharps, Physics in Nuclear Medicine, Saunders, 3rd ed., (2003).
5. J.A. Zaggzebski, Essentials of Ultrasound Physics, Mosby Inc., (1996)
6. I.P. Herman, Physics of the Human Body, Springer Verlag, (2007).
Page 173 of ??
Module: Solid State and Electronic Devices
Module Title : Solid State and Electronic Devices

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Solid State Physics II Phys3151 3 5
Electronics II Phys3152 3 5
Physics of Electronics Devices Phys3153 3 5
Total 9 15

This module prepares students to understand one of the practical aspects of physics in materials science. It is
aimed at to exercise the students on developing new technologies in the field of electronic devices. The ad-
vanced concepts of electronics and applications of electronic devices in analog or linear circuits are used exten-
sively for amplification and signal processing. The designs, workings, analysis and applications of expanded
digital circuits are becoming vital part of modern digital technology. The studies, designs, and applications of
electronic devises based on the conduction of electricity in a semiconductor are rapidly becoming an essential
part of modern technology. The module is an introduction to semiconductor fundamentals and applications
to the electronic devices. Module creates the background in the physics of the compound semiconductor-
based electronic devices and also prepare students to advanced courses in solid state and quantum electronics.
The course provides an opportunity for students to continue education in undertaking advanced study and
research in the variety of different branches of semiconductor device applications. Topics include the back-
ground solid state and semiconductor physics, and basic principles of electronic devices operation.

Up on completion of this module, the students should accomplish the following objectives:
• develop the basic semiconductor physics concepts to understand current and future devices and
• develop a sound understanding of current semiconductor devices and technology
• appreciate their applications to electronic and optoelectronic circuits and systems.
• Understand the basic physics of semiconductor electronic devices. The importance of electrons and holes
in semiconductors, the charge density and distribution, the charge transport mechanisms.
• understand the physics of a p-n junction and semiconductor-metal junctions.
• understand the internal workings of the most basic solid state electronic devices.
Module Competency
After successfully completing this module the student would:
• Effectively consult bodies working in the area of electronics
• Design simple electronic circuits, and do maintenance of electronic devices
174
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Solid State and Electronic Devices
• Design new semiconductor devices/electronic apparatus
Module Description
Topics in the module include: Free Electrons-Energy Levels, Free Electrons-Conductivity, Energy Bands-Waves,
Bloch Functions, Semiconductors-Doping,Bandgap, transistors and their applications, models of the bipolar
transistor, digital logic circuits and flip-flops, semiconductor-based devices such as diodes, bipolar transistors,
Basic principles of FETs: JFET and MOSFET devices.

Phys3151 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3152 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3153 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 175 of ??
Solid State Physics II

Course Title : Solid State Physics II
Course Code: Phys3151 ; Credits Hours: 3
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
The aims of this course is to extend students knowledge of the electronic structure of metals to the electronic
properties of semiconductors and appreciate the behaviour of electronic devices in the electronic technology.
This course will help students to work on their senior project on some applications of the area.
Learning Outcomes
• Understand the concept of a band structure, and be able to distinguish between metals, semiconductors
and insulators on the basis of their energy band schemes,
• Describe how allowed and forbidden energy bands arise as a result of crystal potentials and how the
properties of electrons in allowed energy bands determine the electrical and optical behavior;
• Explain how the properties of solids are used in a variety of optoelectronic and microelectronic devices.
• Discuss why it is that classical theories fail and why electrons in solids have to be treated as quantum
mechanical waves
• Explain the concept of density of states
• Study the physical applications of quantum physics to the study of the solid state
• Provide a description of how to solve a problem, justifying your choice
• Discuss the factors that control the electrical conductivity of metals and semiconductors
• Understand how solid state physics is related to different technologies
Module Description
Topics to be treated include: The Free Electron Theory of Metals, Energy Bands, Wave Functions in Periodic
Structures, Bloch Theorem, Electrical Conductivity, Metals, Insulators, Semiconductors, Superconductivity.
176
Module Outline
1) The free electron theory of metals 13 4 21 38
2) Band theory of solids 10 3 16 29
3) Electrical properties 6 2 9 17
4) Metals, Insulators, Semiconductors and 16 6 29 51
Superconductors
Total 45 15 75 135
Method of Teaching
Lecture, discussion (group work), presentation and demonstration, Online learning resources.

Week 1 The free electron theory Lecture, Presentation of Take notes,
of metals Problem solv- lecture, Ask and answer
• Classical free electron ing, Give worksheet questions,
theory of metals Online learning and Assignment, Solve exercises,
• Drawbacks of classical resources Demonstrate prob- Work in group and
theory lem solving, individual,
• Relaxation time, colli- Solve examples
sion time, and mean free Give exercises
path and monitor the
process,
Week 2 • Quantum theory of free Lecture, Presentation of Take notes,

electrons Problem solv- lecture, Ask and answer
• Quantum mechanics of ing, Give worksheet questions,
simple problems (The free Online learning and Assignment, Solve exercises,
particle, The rectangular resources Demonstrate prob- Work in group and
potential barrier) lem solving, individual,
• Particle in a box Solve examples
Give exercises
and monitor the
process,
Assignment I
Week 3 • Fermi-dirac statistics Lecture, Presentation of Take notes,
and electronic distribu- Problem solv- lecture, Ask and answer
tion in solids ing, Give worksheet questions,
• Density of energy states Online learning and Assignment, Work assignment
and Fermi energy resources Demonstrate prob- Solve exercises,
• The Fermi distribution lem solving, Work in group and
function Solve examples individual,
Give exercises
and monitor the
process,
Page 177 of ??

Week 4 • Heat capacity of the Lecture, Presentation of Take notes,
electron gas Problem solv- lecture, Ask and answer
• Effect of temperature on ing, Give worksheet questions,
Fermi distribution func- Online learning and Assignment, Work assignment
tion resources Demonstrate prob- Solve exercises,
• Thermal conductivity in lem solving, Work in group and
metals Solve examples individual,
Give exercises
and monitor the
process,
Test I
Week 5 Band theory of solids Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
• Nearly free electron Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
model sion ing questions Asking and an-
• Origin of the energy gap Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
and answering provide reading as- Doing Home work
Problem solv- signment, questions
ing Give home work
problems
Week 6 • Bloch Functions Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
• Electron in a periodic Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
field of a crystal (Kronig- sion ing questions Asking and an-
Penney model) Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
• Brillouin zones in two and answering provide reading as- Doing Home work
and three dimensions Problem solv- signment, questions
ing Give home work
problems
Week 7 • Number of possible Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
wave functions in a band Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• Motion of electrons in a sion ing questions Asking and an-
one dimensional periodic Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
potential and answering provide reading as- Doing Home work
ing Give home work
problems
Assignment II
Week 8 Electrical properties Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
• Temperature and fre- Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
quency dependent of the sion ing questions Asking and an-
electrical conductivity Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
• Matthiessens rule and answering provide reading as- Doing Home work
ing Give home work
problems
Week 9 • Magnetoresistance and Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
the Hall effect Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• The Kondo effect sion ing questions Asking and an-
Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
ing Give home work
problems
Test II
Page 178 of ??

Week 10 Metals, Insulators, Semi- Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
conductors and Super- Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
conductors sion ing questions Asking and an-
• Metals (band structure) Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
• Insulators (band struc- and answering provide reading as- Doing Home work
ture) Problem solv- signment, questions
ing Give home work
problems
Assignment III
Week 11 • Semiconductors Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
-Band structure of semi- Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
-Intrinsic semiconductors Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
-Conductivity and tem- and answering provide reading as- Doing Home work
perature Problem solv- signment, questions
-Statistics of electrons and ing Give home work
holes in intrinsic semicon- problems
ductors
-Electrical conductivity
Week 12 -Statistics of extrinsic Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
semiconductor Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
-P-type and n-type semi- sion ing questions Asking and an-
conductor Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
-Mechanism of current and answering provide reading as- Doing Home work
conduction in semicon- Problem solv- signment, questions
ductors ing Give home work
problems
Week 13 • Superconductos Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
A survey of superconduc- Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
tivity sion ing questions Asking and an-
Thermal properties Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
ing Give home work
problems
Week 14 -The energy gap Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
-Type I and type II super- Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
ing Give home work
problems
Week 15 Revision and Self Study
Week 16 Final Exam
work in team.
Page 179 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 4 5%
Test II Week 9 10%
Total 100%
1. C. Kittel, Introduction to Solid State Physics, Wiley, 8th ed., (2004).
2. M. Ali Omar, Elementary Solid state Physics: Principles and Applications, Addison Wesley, (1993).
3. S. O. Pillai, Solid State Physics, New Age Int. 6th ed., (2008).
4. Ashcroft N.W. and Mermin N.D., Solid State Physics, Holt-Saunders, (1976).
5. Burns G., Solid State Physics, Academic Press, (1985).
6. Hook J.R. and Hall H.E., Solid State Physics 2nd ed.,, Wiley, (1991).
7. L. Mihly and M.C. Martin, Solid State Physics; Problems and Solutions, Wiley-VCH, (2009).
Page 180 of ??
Electronics II

Course Title : Electronics II
Students’ College/Faculty: ———–; Department: Physics
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ————
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
The primary purpose of this course is to give the student confidence & competence in practical aspect of
electronic devices and to introduce laboratory project work. Further aims are to encourage the application of
basic principles through self-paced laboratory demonstrations and contribute to the development of the digital
electronics technology in the country.
Learning Outcomes
• Have basic knowledge on Field-Effect transistors.
• Explain the role of some common logic circuits in electronic devices.
• Have basic understanding of how digital electronics circuits work
• Design electronic apparatus of his own through projects
Course Description
Field Effect Transistors (FETs), DC biasing of FETs, Feedback and Oscillators, Operational Amplifiers, Digital
and Analog Electronic Systems, Flip Flops, Counters, Shift Registers, Binary address and Sub tractors, Digital-
to-Analog and Analog-to-Digital converters.
Course Outline: EtCTS(5)

1) Field Effect Transistors 6 4 8 18
2) Feedback and Oscillators 9 6 12 27
3) Operational Amplifiers and Operational 11 8 15 34
Amplifier feedback
4) Digital and Analog Electronic Systems 7 4 9 20
5) Registers, Counters and Flip-Flops 6 4 8 18
6) Digital-to-Analog and Analog-to-Digital 6 4 8 18
converters
Total 45 30 60 135
181
Method of Teaching
Problem solving, Discussion, Experiment, Two independent projects to simulate the processes of researching,
planning, performing, analyzing and reporting a small-scale experimental investigation in the field.

Week 1 Field Effect Transistors Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Introduction Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
• Structure and physical practical practical exercises solving problems
operation of the Enhance- unsupervised Hands-on practical
ment type MOSFET practical works.
• Current voltage charac- problem solv-
teristics of enhancement ing
MOSFET self study
• The depletion type of
MOSFET
• The junction field-effect
transistor(JFET)
Week 2 • Field Effect Transistors Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• FET circuits at DC Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
• The FET as an Amplifier practical practical exercises solving problems
• Biasing the FET in dis- unsupervised Set and deliver Hands-on practical
crete units practical problem Set I works
• Basic configuration of problem solv- Solve problem set I
single-stage FET Ampli- ing in group and sub-
fier self study mit on time.
• Fet switches Group assign-
ment
Assignment I
Week 3 Feed back and Oscilla- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
tors problem solv- Set questions and tioning, answering,
• Introduction ing problems solving problems
• Principle of feedback self study
• Advantages and disad-
vantages of feedback
Week 4 • Desensitivity to param- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
eter variation Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
• Reduction of noise and practical practical exercises solving problems
distortion unsupervised Hands-on practical
• Effect on the frequency practical works
response and termi- problem solv- prepare for test
nal impedance of the ing
amplifier self study
Test I
Week 5 • Types of feedback Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Shunt-shunt amplifier Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering
• Series-series feedback practical practical exercises solving problems
• Stability and other con- unsupervised Hands-on practical
sideration practical works
problem solv-
ing
self study
Page 182 of ??

Week 6 Operational amplifiers Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
and OPAMP characteris- Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
tics practical practical exercises solving problems
• The ideal operational unsupervised Hands-on practical
amplifier practical works
• Analysis of circuits con- problem solv-
taining ideal operational ing
amplifiers self study
• The closed loop gain
• The effect of finite open
loop gain
• The miller integration
Week 7 • The differentiation Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
circuit Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
• The summing amplifier practical practical exercises solving problems
• The non-inverting con- unsupervised Set and deliver Hands-on practical
figuration practical assignment II works
• The difference amplifier problem solv- Solve assignment
• The instrumentation ing II.
amplifier self study
• Thee non-inverting
integration
• Frequency response of
closed loop operational
amplifiers
• Common mode rejec-
tion
Assignment II
Week 8 • Input and Output resis- Lecture Super- Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
tances vised practical Lead supervised tioning, answering
• DC problems unsupervised practical exercises and solving prob-
• Offset voltage practical problems Hands-on
• Input bias current lem solving self practical works
• Input offset current study and lead unsu-
• Sinusoidal Oscillation pervised practical
exercises
Week 9 Digital and Analog Elec- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
tronic Systems Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering
• Introduction to logic practical practical exercises and solving prob-
• Logic signals unsupervised lems
• Logic circuits practical Hands-on practical
• The NAND and NOR problem solv- works
functions ing
• The standard form of self study
logic functions
• The Binary number sys-
tem
Week • The Inverter(NOT Gate) Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
10 • Transistor-Transistor Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
Logic(TTL) practical practical exercises solving problems
• Emitter-coupled unsupervised Hands-on practical
logic(ECL) practical works
• CMOSL Logic problem solv- prepare for test
• Comparison of Logic ing
families self study
Test II
Page 183 of ??

Week Registers, Counters and Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
11 Flip-Flops Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering
• Introduction practical practical exercises and solving prob-
• Shift registers unsupervised lems
• Counters practical Hands-on practical
• Arithmetic circuits problem solv- works
ing
self study
Week • Digital Filters Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
12 • The RS Flip-Flops Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
• The RS master-slave practical practical exercises solving problems
Flip-Flops unsupervised Set and deliver Hands-on practical
• The JK Flip-Flops practical Problem Set III works
problem solv- Solve assignment
ing III.
self study
Assignment III
Week Digital-to-Analog and Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
13 Analog-to-Digital con- Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering
verters practical practical exercises and solving prob-
• Introduction unsupervised lems
• Sample and hold cir- practical Hands-on practical
cuits problem solv- works
• Digital-to-Analoging
converters self study
Week • Analog-to-Digital con- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
14 verters Supervised Lead supervised tioning, answering,
• Timing circuits practical practical exercises solving problems
unsupervised Hands-on practical
practical works
problem solv-
ing
self study
Week Revision and practicing model exam, students self study
15
Week Final Exam
16
The course will consist of three one hour lecture and two hours laboratory per week. Major parts of the
concepts, principles and circuit analysis will be experimentally tested and verified in the laboratory.
work in team.
Page 184 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 4 5%
Test II Week 10 10%
3 Practicals(reports, projects) and class activity All weeks 20%
Total 100%
work in team.
1. A.E.Fitzgerald, Basic Electrical Engineering.
2. R.L.Havill, Elements of Electronics for physical scientists.
3. J.J.Brophy, Basic Electronics for scientists.
4. Albert P. Malvino -Electronic Principles
5. Taub and Shilling - Digital Integrated Electronics
6. Ronald J.Tocci, Neal S.Widmer - Digital Systems
7. Schuler and Fowler- Basic Electricity and Electronics
8. T.E Price-Analog Electronics
9. James J.Brophy - Basic Electronics for Scientists
Page 185 of ??
Physics of Electronic Devices

Course Title : Physics of Electronic Devices
Students’ College/Faculty: ————-; Department: Physics
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ————-
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course prepares students to understand one of the practical aspects of physics in materials science. It is
aimed at to exercise the students on developing new technologies in the field of electronic devices.
Learning Outcomes
• To understand clearly the basic principles of semiconductor devices
• To understand the properties of electrons in semiconductors.
• To understand clearly effects of various processes on device characteristics
• To understand electronic and optoelectronic application of semiconductor materials.
• To design new semiconductor devices
Course Description
This course covers two parts: SEMICONDUCTOR PHYSICS (Energy Bands & Carrier Concentration in Ther-
mal Equilibrium; Carrier Transport Phenomena) and SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES (P-n Junction; Bipolar
Transistor & Related Devices; MOSFET & related devices; Microwave Diodes, Quantum-Effect, & Hot-Electron
Devices; Photonic devices)

1) Energy Bands and Carrier Concentration in Thermal 5 4 6 15
Equilibrium Semiconductor Materials
2) Carrier Transport Phenomena 6 4 8 18
3) P-n Junction 7 4 9 20
4) Bipolar Transistor and Related Devices 6 4 8 18
5) MOSFET and related devices 9 6 13 28
6) Microwave Diodes, Quantum-Effect, and Hot-Electron 7 4 9 20
Devices
7) Photonic Devices 5 4 7 16
Total 45 30 60 135
186
Method of Teaching
Lectures include: Pre-Class Assignments, In-Class Concept Questions, Interactive Lecture Demonstrations/Simulatio
Peer Discussion, Post-Class Questions; Practical include: lab practices Online learning resources.

Week 1 Energy Bands and Car- Gapped lecture Lead supervised Listen to a lesson
rier Concentration in Group discus- practical take short notes,
Thermal Equilibrium sion Present the lesson, Asking and an-
Semiconductor Materi- Learning by asking and answering questions,
als doing swering questions exercises practical
• Introduction to basic Questioning solve examples, Doing Home work
crsystal structure and answering provide reading questions
• Energy Bands Problem solv- assignment,
ing Give home work
Week 2 • Intrinsic Carrier Con- problems
centration
• Donors and Acceptors
Week 3 Carrier Transport Phe- Gapped lecture Lead supervised Listen to a lesson
nomena Group discus- practical take short notes,
• Carrier Drift sion Present the lesson, Asking and an-
• Carrier Diffusion Learning by asking and answering questions,
• Generation and Recom- doing swering questions exercises practical
bination Processes Questioning solve examples, Doing Home work
and answering provide reading questions
Week 4 • Continuity Equa- Problem solv- assignment,
tion ing Give home work
• High-Field Effects problems
Assignment I
Week 5 P-n Junction Gapped lecture Lead supervised Listen to a lesson
• Thermal Equilibrium Group discus- practical take short notes,
Condition sion Present the lesson, Asking and an-
• Depletion Region Learning by asking and answering questions,
• Depletion Capacitance doing swering questions exercises practical
Questioning solve examples, Doing Home work
Week 6 • Current-Voltage Char- and answering provide reading questions
acteristics Problem solv- assignment,
• Charge Storage and ing Give home work
Transient Behavior problems
• Junction Breakdown
• Heterojunction
Test I
Week 7 Bipolar Transistor and Gapped lecture Lead supervised Listen to a lesson
Related Devices Group discus- practical take short notes,
• The Transistor Action sion Present the lesson, Asking and an-
• Static Characteristics of Learning by asking and answering questions,
Bipolar Transistor doing swering questions exercises practical
• Frequency Response Questioning solve examples, Doing Home work
and Switching of Bipolar and answering provide reading questions
Transistor Problem solv- assignment,
ing Give home work
Week 8 • The heterojunction problems
bipolar transistor
• The thyristor and
related power devices
Assignment II
Page 187 of ??

Week 9 MOSFET and related Gapped lecture Lead supervised Listen to a lesson
devices Group discus- practical take short notes,
• The mos diode sion Present the lesson, Asking and an-
• Mosfet fundamentals Learning by asking and answering questions,
• Mosfet scaling doing swering questions exercises practical
Week 10 • Cmos and bicmos and answering provide reading questions
• Mosfet on insulator Problem solv- assignment,
• Mos memory structures ing Give home work
problems
Week 11 • The power mosfet
• Metal-Semiconductor
contacts
• Mesfet
• Modfet
Test II
Week 12 Microwave Diodes, Gapped lecture Lead supervised Listen to a lesson
Quantum-Effect, and Group discus- practical take short notes,
Hot-Electron Devices sion Present the lesson, Asking and an-
• Basic Microwave tech- Learning by asking and answering questions,
nology doing swering questions Doing Home work
• Tunnel diode Questioning solve examples, questions
• Impatt diode and answering provide reading
Problem solv- assignment,
Week 13 • Transferred-electron ing Give home work
devices problems
• Quantum-effect devices
• Hot-electron devices
Assignment III
Week 14 Photonic Devices Gapped lecture Lead supervised Listen to a lesson
• Radiative transition and Group discus- practical take short notes,
optical absorption sion Present the lesson, Asking and an-
• Leds Learning by asking and answering questions,
• Semiconductor laser doing swering questions exercises practical
Week 15 • Photodetector and answering provide reading questions
• Solar cell Problem solv- assignment,
ing Give home work
problems
Week 16 Final Exam
Assessment
1 Test I Week 6 5%
Test II Week 11 10%
Total 100%
1. S.M. Sze and Kwok K. Nq, Physics of Semiconductor Devices Wiley-Interscience 3rd ed., (2006).
2. S.M. Sze, Modern Semiconductor Device Physics Wiley, John and Sons (1997)
Page 188 of ??
3. S.M. Sze, High Speed Semiconductor Devices Wiley-Interscience, (1990).

4. Michael Shur, Physics of Semiconductor Devices Prentice Hall, (1990)
5. B. Streetman and S. Banerjee, Solid State Electronic Devices, 6th ed., Prentice Hall, (2005)..
6. Robert F. Pierret, Semiconductor Device Fundamentals Addison-Wesley, (1996).
7. Donald A Neamen, Semiconductor Physics and Devices: Basic Principles McGraw-Hill, (2002).
Page 189 of ??
Module: Atmospheric and Space Physics
Module Title : Atmospheric and Space Physics

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Introduction to Plasma Physics Phys3161 3 5
Introduction to Atmospheric Physics Phys3162 3 5
Space Physics Phys3163 3 5
Total 9 15

Space physics is an important subject for a large number of research areas including atmospheric physics, space
physics, astrophysics, controlled fusion research, high-power laser physics, plasma processing, accelerator
physics, and many areas of experimental physics. The primary goal of this module is to present the basic
principles and main equations of plasma physics at an introductory level, with emphasis on topics of broad
applicability. It is designed to provide an understanding of the physics of the space regions (such as, the
earth atmosphere, the stellar, solar atmosphere, interstellar or interplanetary space). These regions can not be
understood without the knowledge of plasma physics. Everywhere is in the plasma state. Even the Earth is
immersed in the solar wind which is also plasma.
It also gives students an introduction to understand the structure, composition and dynamics of the atmo-
sphere. It is designed to explore the physical processes which occur in the space environment. Theories of
solar wind propagation and its interaction with the earth are developed. It uses the single particle dynamics,
magnetohydrodynamic (MHD) and fluid theories and kinetic approaches. It provides a brief revision of key
elements of electromagnetic theory. MHD will be developed and applied, with application of kinetic theory to
areas where MHD breaks down.The reasons why space plasma physics is important for modern day life will
be discussed. The magnetospheres of other planets will be compared to Earths.

Upon completion of this module students will be able to :
• Appreciate ionization as a source of plasma,
• Understand that almost all of the universe is in the plasma state
• Explain the plasma properties and parameters,
• Explain the kinetic description of plasma,
• Solve plasma wave equations for different media,
• Verify the basic composition, structure and dynamics of the atmosphere;
• Explain the workings of the hydrologic cycle and discuss the mechanisms of water transport in the at-
mosphere and in the ground;
• Identify the different layers of the atmosphere
190
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Atmospheric and Space Physics
• Elaborate the solar system and its components
• Define what space (universe) is and elaborate its main components
• Explain the sun, solar wind and its origin
• verify the Physics of planetary magnetospheres
• Adopt the skills that help communications with satellites and space constituents
• Apply fluid theory to large scale plasmas
• Understand the complementary nature of kinetic and fluid plasma descriptions
• Understand Earth’s space environment in relation to that of other planets
• Have an introductory idea to current key research
Module Competency
Up on completion of the module the student will
• work in wheather forcasting and telecomunication sectors
• work as a reseracher in the aeas of Navigation, Space and Geophysical observatory centers
Module Description
The Module begins with a description of various types of plasmas and a discussion of some basic plasma
parameters, such as the Debye length and the plasma frequency. Following a discussion of charged particle
motion in electromagnetic fields, progressively more detailed models of plasmas are presented, starting with
a dielectric description of cold plasma and moving on to the magnetohydrodynamic and kinetic descriptions.
Additional topics may be added as time allows. Students are required to give a presentation to the class on a
plasma physics topic related to the course.
Then it continues with the structure, composition and dynamics of the Atmosphere, radiation and thermo-
dynamics of the Atmosphere, and the Hydrosphere. It also includes Atmospheric remote sensing, modeling,
Finally the topics like Introduction to space physics, The sun, The solar wind and the interplanetary magnetic
field, The earth’s magnetic field, The ionosphere, Currents in the ionosphere, The magnetosphere, The aurora,
Precipitation patterns of the auroral particles are introduced.

Phys3161 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3162 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3163 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 191 of ??
Introduction to Plasma Physics

Course Title : Introduction to Plasma Physics
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Plasma physics is an important subject for a large number of research areas including space physics, astro-
physics, controlled fusion research, high-power laser physics, plasma processing, accelerator physics, and
many areas of experimental physics. The primary goal of this course is to present the basic principles and
main equations of plasma physics at an introductory level, with emphasis on topics of broad applicability
Learning Outcomes
• Appreciate ionization as a source of plasma,
• Explain the plasma properties and parameters,
• Compare plasma with gas phases,
• Explain the kinetic description of plasma,
• Solve plasma problems based on the properties.
Course Description
The course begins with a description of various types of plasmas and a discussion of some basic plasma pa-
rameters, such as the Debye length and the plasma frequency. Following a discussion of charged particle
motion in electromagnetic fields, progressively more detailed models of plasmas are presented, starting with
a dielectric description of cold plasma and moving on to the magnetohydrodynamic and kinetic descriptions.
Additional topics may be added as time allows. Students are required to give a presentation to the class on a
plasma physics topic related to the course.
192

2) Basic Plasma Characteristics 5 2 10 17
3) Motion of a Charged Particle in Magnetic 7 3 12 22
Fields
4) Dielectric Description of Cold Plasma 8 3 12 23
5) Magnetohydrodynamic Description of 10 3 16 29
Plasma
6) Kinetic Description of Plasma 10 3 15 28
Total 45 15 70 130
Method of Teaching
and additional assessed coursework. Online learning resources. Assignments, group works

Week 1 Introduction Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Definition of a plasma ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Classification of plas- Group discussions, asking and an-
mas, the n-T diagram sion, Asking and answering questions,
Week 2 • A brief review of methods Preparing home and reading as-
classical electrodynamics works, signments,
and vector calculus reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
back
Week 3 Basic Plasma Character- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
istics ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• The electron plasma Group discussions, asking and an-
frequency sion, Asking and answering questions,
• The Debye length Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
, methods Preparing home and reading as-
Week 4 • Electrostatic plasma works, signments,
waves reading assign- Presentation
• Coulomb collisions ments and feed-
back
Assignment I
Motion of a Charged Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
Particle in Magnetic ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
Fields Group discussions, asking and an-
Week 5 • Constant uniform mag- sion, Asking and answering questions,
netic field Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Constant uniform methods Preparing home and reading as-
magnetic field with non- works, signments,
magnetic forces reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
Week 6 • Guiding center mo- back
tion in nonuniform
magnetic fields
Test I
Page 193 of ??

Week 7 Dielectric Description of Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
Cold Plasma ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• General properties Group discussions, asking and an-
• Waves in a cold unmag- sion, Asking and answering questions,
netized plasma Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
Week 8 • The dielectric ten- works, signments,
sor for a cold magnetized reading assign- Presentation
plasma ments and feed-
back
Week 9 • Waves in a cold magne-
tized plasma
Assignment II
Week 10 Magnetohydrodynamic Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
Description of Plasma ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• The MHD equations Group discussions, asking and an-
• General properties of sion, Asking and answering questions,
the ideal MHD descrip- Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
tion methods Preparing home and reading as-
works, signments,
Week 11 • MHD equilibrium reading assign- Presentation
• MHD waves ments and feed-
back
Week 12 • MHD stability
• MHD shocks
Test II
Week 13 Kinetic Description of Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
Plasma ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• The Vlasov equation Group discussions, asking and an-
• Connections to fluid sion, Asking and answering questions,
theories Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
Week 14 • Vlasov theory of works, signments,
electrostatic plasma wave reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
Week 15 • Landau damping back
• The Fokker-Planck
equation and binary
Coulomb collisions
Final Exam
Assessment
1 Test I Week 6 10%
Test II Week 12 10%
Total 100%
1. R. O. Dendy, Plasma Dynamics, Clarendon Press, Oxford, (1990).
2. F. F. Chen, Introduction to Plasma Physics and Controlled Fusion, second edition, Plenum Press, (1984).
3. F.F. Chen, Introduction to Plasma Physics, Springer, (1995).
4. Gurnett D.A. and A. Bhattacharjee, Introduction to Plasma Physics, with Space and Laboratory Applications,
Cambridge University press, (2005).
Page 194 of ??
Introduction to Atmospheric Physics

Course Title : Introduction to Atmospheric Physics
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course is given to students in order to study the structure, composition and dynamics of the atmosphere.
Learning Outcomes
At the end of this course students will be able to:
• verify the basic composition, structure and dynamics of the atmosphere;
• explain the workings of the hydrologic cycle and discuss the mechanisms of water transport in the atmo-
sphere and in the ground;
• identify the different layers of the atmosphere
Course Description
This course covers the structure, composition and dynamics of the Atmosphere, radiation and thermodynam-
ics of the Atmosphere, and the Hydrosphere. It also includes Atmospheric remote sensing, modelling,

1) Structure and Composition of the Atmosphere 5 1 7 13
2) Atmospheric Thermodynamics 7 2 10 19
3) Radiation and the Atmosphere 8 3 14 25
4) The Hydrosphere 7 2 10 19
5) Dynamics of the atmosphere 6 2 10 18
6) Atmospheric Remote Sensing 6 2 10 18
7) Atmospheric Modeling 8 3 14 25
Total 45 15 75 135
195
Method of Teaching
Lecture method, group discussion, peer discussion, presentation, etc. will be employed. The instructor
presents the lesson through an interactive lectures and discussions. However, each lecture is to be followed
by problem solving and some times group discussions in the class under the supervision of the instructor.
Independent problem solving will also be used. Reading assignments and small projects may also be given.

Structure and Composi- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Week 1 tion of the Atmosphere group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Introduction to the sion discuss in group Asking and an-
Atmosphere problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions,
• Principal layers of the ing class students to ask Solving problems
atmosphere home assign- questions in class,
ment Give class and doing home work
Week 2 • Structure of the Earths home tasks
Atmosphere (The tropo-
sphere, The stratosphere,
The mesosphere and The
thermosphere)
• Whether and climatic
variations
• Atmospheric Composi-
tion
Assignment I
Week 3 Atmospheric Thermody- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
namics group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Ideal gas model re- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
visited, exponential problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
variation of pressure with ing lem solving Solving problems
height Give class and in class,
• Temperature structure home assignments doing home work,
and lapse rate Set time for quiz Prepare for Quiz
and implement it
Week 4 • Hydrostatic Balance
• Entropy and Potential
temperature
• Parcel Concept
Test I
Week 5 •The Available Potential Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Energy group discus- Show simulation take short notes,
• Moisture in the Atmo- sion Make students Asking and an-
sphere problem solv- discuss in group swering questions,
• Cloud Formation ing Set a time for prob- Solving problems
• Forecasting weather lem solving class in class,
conditions Give class and doing home work
the quiz feedback.
Page 196 of ??

Radiation and the Atmo- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
sphere group discus- Show simulation take short notes,
Week 6 • The Sun as the prime sion Make students Asking and an-
source of energy for the problem solv- discuss in group swering questions,
earth ing Set a time for prob- Solving problems
• Solar energy input, cy- lem solving class in class,
cles daily and annual Give class and doing Home work
• Spectrum of solar radia- home assignments and assignment,
tion reaching the earth set time for quiz
• Total radiation and the and implement it
Stefan Boltzmann, Wien,
Plank and Kirchoff Laws
• Radiation balance at the
earths surface and deter-
mination of the surface
temperature
Week 7 • The Ozone layer and Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
ozone layer depletion group discus- Show simulation take short notes,
• Absorption by Atmo- sion Make students Asking and an-
spheric Gases problem solv- discuss in group swering questions,
• The Radiative Transfor- ing Set a time for prob- Solving problems
mation lem solving class in class,
• CO2 , methane, H2 O and Give class and doing Home work
the Greenhouse effect home assignments and assignment,
set time for quiz
and implement it
Assignment II
The Hydrosphere Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
Week 8 • Properties of water group discus- Show simulation take short notes,
• The hydrologic cycle sion Make students Asking and an-
• Measuring the water problem solv- discuss in group swering questions,
content of the atmo- ing Set a time for prob- Solving problems
sphere; humidity. lem solving class in class,
• Thermodynamics of Give class and doing home work
moist air and cloud for- home assignments and assignment,
mation
Week 9 • Growth of water

droplets in clouds
• Rain and thunder-
storms
• Winds in the Atmo-
sphere
• Hydrostatic equation
Test II
Week Dynamics of the atmo- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
10 sphere group discus- Show simulation take short notes,
• Geostrophic, Hydro- sion Make students Asking and an-
static problem solv- discuss in group swering questions,
• Cyclostrophic flow ing class Set a time for prob- Solving problems
(high and low pressure lem solving class in class,
systems) Give class and doing Home work
• Thermal wind equa- home assignments and assignment,
tions, equation of State
Page 197 of ??

Week • Continuity, vorticity Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
11 and divergence theorems group discus- Show simulation take short notes,
• Thermodynamic En- sion Make students Asking and an-
ergy equation, Instability problem solv- discuss in group swering questions,
• Wave motions ing class Set a time for prob- Solving problems
lem solving class in class,
Give class and doing Home work
Atmospheric Remote Gapped Lecture -Give lecture Listen to a lesson
Week Sensing group discus- Make students take short notes,
12 • Atmospheric observa- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
tion problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• Atmospheric remote ing lem solving class Solving problems
sounding from space Give class and in class,
home work doing home work
Week • Atmospheric re- and assignment,
13 mote sounding from
the ground
• Dobson ozone spec-
trometry, Radars, Liders
Assignment III
Atmospheric Modeling -Gapped Lec- Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Week • The hierarchy of models ture Make students take short notes,
14 • Numerical Modelling group discus- discuss in group Asking and an-
sion Set a time for prob- swering questions,
Week • Laboratory Mod- problem solv- lem solving class Solving problems
15 els ing class Give class and in class,
• Simple application of home assignments doing home work
Models and assignment,
Week Final Exam
16
Assessment
1 Test I Week 4 10%
Test II Week 9 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
D. G. Andrews, An Introduction to Atmospheric Physics, cambridge University Press, (2000).
References
1. R. McIlveen, Fundamentals of Weather and Climate, Chapman and Hall (1992)
2. J. M. Wallace and P. V. Hobbs, Atmospheric Science, Elsevier, 2nd ed., (2006).
3. J. M. Wallace and P. V. Hobbs Atmospheric Science (1977).
4. S.L. Hess, Introduction to Theoretical Meteorology.
5. Iribarne & H.R. Cho, Atmospheric Science.
Page 198 of ??
6. K. Saha, The Earth’s Atmosphere: its Physics and Dynamics, Springer (2008).
7. M.L. Salty, Fundamentals of Atmospheric Physics, Academic press, (1996).
8. Houghton J.T., The Physics of Atmospheres, 1986
Page 199 of ??
Space Physics

Course Title : Space Physics
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
The rationale of this course are to introduce students to the basic ideas of Modern physics with emphasis on
the theory of special relativity, identification of the limitations of classical mechanics and the development of
quantum mechanics, the wave particle duality and the atomic structure.
Course Description
Introduction, The sun, The solar wind and the interplanetary magnetic field, The earth’s magnetic field, The
ionosphere, Currents in the ionosphere, The magnetosphere, The aurora, Precipitation patterns of the auroral
particles.
Course Outcomes
At the end of this course students will be able to
• elaborate the solar system and its components
• define what space (universe) is and elaborate its main components
• explain the sun, solar wind and its origin
• verify the Physics of planetary magnetospheres

2) Physics of Solar System Plasmas 12 4 12 28
3) Physics of the solar corona and the solar 6 2 11 19
wind
4) Physics of the Heliosphere 5 2 10 17
5) Physics of the Earth’s Ionosphere 5 2 10 17
6) Physics of planetary magnetospheres 7 2 11 20
7) Solar-Terrestrial Physics and Space Weather 5 2 11 18
Total 45 15 70 130
200
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Introduction Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• What is space physics ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• The sun and the solar Group discussions, asking and an-
corona sion, Asking and answering questions,
• The solar wind Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
Week 2 • The heliosphere works, signments,
• The Earths ionosphere; reading assign- Presentation
planetary magneto- ments and feed-
spheres back
Week 3 Physics of Solar System Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
Plasmas ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Origins; quasi- Group discussions, asking and an-
neutrality sion, Asking and answering questions,
• Motion of charged Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
particles in electric and methods Preparing home and reading as-
magnetic fields works, signments,
• Drift motion reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
Week 4 • Plasma as an ion- back
electron gas
• Equations of conserva-
tion of mass, momentum
and energy
• The fluid description of
a plasma
Week 5 • Maxwells equations Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
applied to a plasma ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Electromagnetic force Group discussions, asking and an-
on a plasma sion, Asking and answering questions,
• Magnetic tension and Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
pressure methods Preparing home and reading as-
works, signments,
Week 6 • The magneto hy- reading assign- Presentation
drodynamic (MHD) ments and feed-
approximation and back
frozen-in flows; MHD
wave modes
• Shock waves
Assignment I
Week 7 Physics of the solar Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
corona and the solar ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
wind Group discussions, asking and an-
• Atmospheres in hydro- sion, Asking and answering questions,
static equilibrium Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Plasma and magnetic methods Preparing home and reading as-
structures in the solar works, signments,
corona reading assign- Presentation
ments and feed-
back
Page 201 of ??

Week 8 • The origin of the solar Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
wind and Parkers isother- ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
mal solar wind solution Group discussions, asking and an-
• The solar cycle depen- sion, Asking and answering questions,
dence of solar phenom- Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
ena methods Preparing home and reading as-
works, signments,
ments and feed-
back
Test I
Week 9 Physics of the Helio- Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
sphere ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• The solar wind and Group discussions, asking and an-
the heliospheric magnetic sion, Asking and answering questions,
field Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Fast and slow solar methods Preparing home and reading as-
wind streams works, signments,
• Co-rotating and tran- reading assign- Presentation
sient disturbances in the ments and feed-
solar wind; solar cycle ef- back
fects
Week 10 • The boundary of the Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
heliosphere and the Local ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
Interstellar Medium Group discussions, asking and an-
Assignment II Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
Physics of the Earths works, signments,
Ionosphere reading assign- Presentation
• Formation of the iono- ments and feed-
sphere; photo-ionization back
and the Chapman pro-
duction function
Week 11 • Ionization by en-

ergetic particles; loss
mechanisms
• Conductivity and cur-
rent systems;
• Ionosondes
Test II
Week 12 Physics of planetary Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
magnetospheres ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• The Chapman-Ferraro Group discussions, asking and an-
problem; the interaction sion, Asking and answering questions,
of the solar wind with the Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
magnetosphere methods Preparing home and reading as-
• Bow shock works, signments,
• Magnetosheath reading assign- Presentation
• Magnetopause ments and feed-
back
Page 202 of ??

Week 13 • Magnetosphere Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
• Magnetospheric tail ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Plasma flows due to Group discussions, asking and an-
corotation and solar-wind sion, Asking and answering questions,
driven convection Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
• Radiation belts methods Preparing home and reading as-
works, signments,
ments and feed-
back
Week 14 Solar-Terrestrial Physics Gapped Lec- Lecturing, Listen to a lesson,
and Space Weather ture, Leading discus- take short notes,
• Geophysical effects of Group discussions, asking and an-
solar phenomena sion, Asking and answering questions,
• some practical effects of Active learning swering questions, Doing home work
Space Weather phenom- methods Preparing home and reading as-
ena works, signments,
Week 15 • solar cycle depen- ments and feed-
dence of geophysical back
effects
• problems with forecast-
ing Space Weather
Final Exam
Assessment
1 Test I Week 8 10%
Test II Week 11 10%
Total 100%
References
1. Basic Space Plasma Physics, W. Baumjohann and R. Treumann, Imperial College Press, 1997
2. Introduction to Space Physics, M. G. Kivelson and C. T. Russell, Cambridge University Press, 1995.
3. Physics of Solar System Plasmas, T. E. Cravens, Cambridge University Press, 1997
4. Physics of the Space Environment, T. I. Gombosi, Cambridge University Press, 1998.
Page 203 of ??
Module: Astronomy
Module Title : Astronomy

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Astronomy I Phys3171 3 5
Astronomy II Phys3172 3 5
Total 6 10

We live in the space age in which the curiosity of the 16th century star gazing has dramatically changed into
intense exploration of the solar system and discovery of extra-solar planets that could probably shelter the hu-
man race in case our homeplanet Earth - fails to provide its inhabitants with adequate resources and security.
Astronomy is the scientific study of the structure and evolution of the universe, from the smallest scales mea-
surable to the limits of detectability. It encompasses such diverse areas as the formation and evolution of stars
and planetary systems, the chemical evolution of galaxies, and the deep connections between the quantum
nature of matter and the large-scale structure of the cosmos. As such it necessarily overlaps with a very large
variety of related fields such as high energy physics, condensed matter physics, chemistry, geology and geo-
physics, and even biology (the interaction of biological systems on planetary atmosphere developments, the
search for extraterrestrial intelligence - SETI). This module of astronomy courses will provide students with an
outline of the scope of modern astronomy.
• describe basic historical astronomy,
• appreciate and explain the formation and evolution of the universe,
• discuss the physical nature of the planets and other members of the solar system,
• explain catastrophes and life on Earth,
• describe stars and stellar evolution,
• discuss modern cosmology,
• explain planets and planetary systems,
• discuss the space-age solar system,
• describe extragalactic astronomy,
204
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Astronomy
• be familiar with firsthand experience on astronomy data analysis.
Module Competency
Up on completion of the module students will be able to engage
• In space observatory research centers
• In optical solar telescope to observe the sky/sky gazing.
Module Description
The main contents of this module are birth and evolution of stars: Astronomical distances and sizes, the heav-
ens, the astronomy of antiquity, the nature of light, optics and telescopes, The solar system: Origin of the solar
system, gravitation and the motion of planets, Terrestrial planets the Jovian planets, the outer worlds and in-
terplanetary vagabonds, solar system exploration, astronomical events and their influences on evolution of life
on Earth, other planetary systems, space age solar system
Practiclas:
(I) naked eye and digital observations of the moon, planets and stars, Astronomy and the universe: The
nature of stars, our star, the birth of stars, stellar maturity and old age, the death of stars, white dwarfs,
neutron stars and black holes The universe: galaxies, our galaxy, quasars and active galaxies, modern
cosmology creation and fate of the universe-extragalactic astronomy, the physics of early universe
(II) naked eye and digital observations of nebulae and galaxies.

Phys3171 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3172 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 205 of ??
Astronomy I

Course Title : Astronomy I
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
We live in the space age in which the curiosity of the 16th century star gazing has dramatically changed into
intense exploration of the solar system and discovery of extra-solar planets that could probably shelter the
human race in case our homeplanet Earth - fails to provide its inhabitants with adequate resources and secu-
rity. Astronomy is the scientific study of the structure and evolution of the universe, from the smallest scales
measurable to the limits of detectability. It encompasses such diverse areas as the formation and evolution of
stars and planetary systems, the chemical evolution of galaxies, and the deep connections between the quan-
tum nature of matter and the large-scale structure of the cosmos. As such it necessarily overlaps with a very
large variety of related fields such as high energy physics, condensed matter physics, chemistry, geology and
geophysics, and even biology (the interaction of biological systems on planetary atmosphere developments,
the search for extraterrestrial intelligence - SETI). The two astronomy courses will provide students with an
Learning Outcomes
• know basic historical astronomy

• understand the universe- its formation and evolution
• the physical nature of the planets and other members of the solar system
• catastrophes and life on Earth
• stars and stellar evolution
• modern cosmology
• planets and planetary systems
• the space-age solar system
• extragalactic astronomy
• have first hand experience on astronomy data analysis
206
Course Description
Astronomy and the universe: Astronomical distances and sizes, the heavens, the astronomy of antiquity, the
nature of light, optics and telescopes The solar system: Origin of the solar system, gravitation and the motion
of planets, Terrestrial planets the Jovian planets, the outer worlds and interplanetary vagabonds, solar system
exploration, astronomical events and their influences on evolution of life on Earth, other planetary systems,
space age solar system Practiclas (I): naked eye and digital observations of the moon, planets and stars

1) Birth and evolution of stars 7 7 17 31
2) The Solar System 13 13 38 64
3) Practicals I 10 10 15 35
Total 30 30 70 130
Method of Teaching
Presentation of the course will involve (i) lectures (ii) regular viewing sessions (iii) tutorials during which
students will be provided with help to topics and problems that are not clear to them.
Date Topics Pedagogical Teachers’ Tasks/Activities Students’

Week 1 Birth and evolu- Lecture Introducing the course guide Listen to a lesson,
tion of stars Group discus- book take short notes,
• astronomical sion Present the lesson, Asking and an-
distances and sizes Questioning provide reading assignment swering questions,
and answering asking and answering ques- doing problems
Week 2 • The heavens Problem solv- tions, Home and library
ing solve examples studying
Encourage learners to partici- Doing class work
pate on discussion and checking questions,
their class work
Week 3 •the astronomy of Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
antiquity Group discus- asking and answering ques- take short notes,
sion tions, Asking and an-
Week 4 • the nature of Questioning , solve examples swering questions,
light, optics and and answering provide reading assignment, Doing Home work
telescopes Problem solv- Give home work problems questions
ing Encourage learners to partici-
pate in group discussion
checking their class work
Assignment I
Week 5 The Solar System Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
• Origin of Solar Group discus- asking and answering questions take short notes,
system sion solve examples, Asking and an-
Week 6 Questioning provide reading assignment, swering questions,
• Gravitation, and answering Give home work problems Doing Home work
the motion of Problem solv- questions
planets ing
Test I
Page 207 of ??

Week 7 • Gravitation, the motion Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
of planets Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
sion ing questions Asking and an-
Week 8 • Terrestrial planets, Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
the Jovian planets and answering provide reading as- Doing Home work
ing Give home work
problems
Week 9 •the outer worlds and Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
interplanetary vagabonds Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
sion ing questions Asking and an-
Week 10 • solar system explo- Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
ration, space age solar and answering provide reading as- Doing Home work
system Problem solv- signment, questions
ing Give home work
problems
Week 11 •solar system explo- Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
ration, space age solar Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
system sion ing questions Asking and an-
Week 12 • Astronomical events and answering provide reading as- Doing Home work
and their influences on Problem solv- signment, questions
evolution of life on Earth ing Give home work
• Other planetary sys- problems
tems
Assignment II
Week 13 Practicals I Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson
• Naked eye and digi- Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
tal observations of moon, sion ing questions Asking and an-
planets, and stars Questioning solve examples, swering questions,
ing Give home work
problems
Test II
Week 14 •Analyses of collected Learning by do- Give the learners Collect data and
data ing different astronom- analyze them,
discussion ical data, Taking short notes
Week 15 • Presentation and Acyive learning show students Asking and an-
assessment class how to analyze the swering questions,
data, home and library
provide assign- studying
ment for presenta- Present their re-
tion port,
Asking questions Asking and an-
on the lesson, swering questions
discuss,
Week 16 Final Exam
Page 208 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 3 10%
Test II Week 7 10%
3 Practical presentation Week 8 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
Kaufmann, William J. (2207), Universe (5th Ed.), W. H. Freeman and Co., ISBN 0-7167-1927-4
Page 209 of ??
Astronomy II

Course Title : Astronomy II
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Astronomy is the scientific study of the structure and evolution of the universe, from the smallest scales mea-
surable to the limits of detectability. It encompasses such diverse areas as the formation and evolution of stars
and planetary systems, the chemical evolution of galaxies, and the deep connections between the quantum
nature of matter and the large-scale structure of the cosmos. As such it necessarily overlaps with a very large
variety of related fields such as high energy physics, condensed matter physics, chemistry, geology and geo-
physics, and even biology (the interaction of biological systems on planetary atmosphere developments, the
search for extraterrestrial intelligence - SETI). This second course in astronomy will provide students with an
Learning Outcomes
• know basic historical astronomy

• understand the universe- its formation and evolution
• the physical nature of the planets and other members of the solar system
• catastrophes and life on Earth
• stars and stellar evolution
• modern cosmology
• planets and planetary systems
• the space-age solar system
• extragalactic astronomy
• have first hand experience on astronomy data analysis
Course Description
Birth and evolution of stars: The nature of stars, our star, the birth of stars, stellar maturity and old age, the
death of stars, white dwarfs, neutron stars and black holes The universe: galaxies, our galaxy, quasars and
210
active galaxies, modern cosmology- creation and fate of the universe-extragalactic astronomy, the physics of
early universe Practicals (II): naked eye and digital observations of nebulae and galaxies.

1) Astronomy and the universe 8 8 20 36
2) The Universe 12 12 35 59
3) Practicals 10 10 15 35
Total 30 30 70 130
Method of Teaching
Presentation of the course will involve (i) lectures (ii) regular viewing sessions (iii) tutorials during which
students will be provided with help to topics and problems that are not clear to them.

Week 1 Astronomy and the uni- Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
verse Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• The nature of stars and sion ing questions, Asking and an-
our star Questioning , solve examples, swering questions,
and answering, provide reading as- Doing Home work
Week 2 • The birth of stars Problem solv- signment questions
ing Encourage learners Home and library
to participate on studying
discussion, Doing class work
checking their class questions
work
Week 3 • Stellar maturity and old Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
age Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
sion ing questions, Asking and an-
Week 4 • The death of stars, Questioning , solve examples, swering questions,
white dwarfs, neutron and answering, provide reading as- Doing Home work
stars, and black holes Problem solv- signment questions
work
Assignment I
Week 5 • The death of stars, Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
white dwarfs, neutron Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
stars, and black holes sion ing questions, Asking and an-
Questioning , solve examples, swering questions,
Week 6 The Universe and answering, provide reading as- Doing Home work
• Galaxies, our galaxy Problem solv- signment questions
work
Page 211 of ??

Week 7 • Galaxies, our galaxy Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
Week 8 • Quasars and active and answering, provide reading as- Doing Home work
galaxies Problem solv- signment questions
work
Test I
Week 9 •Modern cosmology, cre- Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
ation and fate of the uni- Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
verse sion ing questions, Asking and an-
and answering, provide reading as- Doing Home work
Problem solv- signment questions
work
Assignment II
Week 10 • Extragalactic astronomy Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Week 11 • The physics of early and answering, provide reading as- Doing Home work
universe Problem solv- signment questions
work
Test II
Week 12 Practicals I Group discus- Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
• Naked eye and digitl sion asking and answer- take short notes,
observations nebulae and Questioning ing questions, Asking and an-
galaxies and answering, provide reading as- swering questions,
Problem solv- signment Doing Home work
Week 13 • Presentation class ing Encourage learners questions
learning by to participate on Home and library
doing discussion, studying
Present report
Week 14 •Analyses of collected Active learning Give the learners Collect data and
data different astronom- analyze,
ical data, Taking short notes
show them how to Asking and an-
Week 15 • Presentation and analyze, swering questions,
assessment class provide assign- prepare for presen-
ment for presenta- tations,
tion home and library
Asking questions studying
on the lesson, Present their report
Week 16 Final Exam
Page 212 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 3 10%
Test II Week 7 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
Kaufmann, William J. (2207), Universe (5th Ed.), W. H. Freeman and Co., ISBN 0-7167-1927-4
Page 213 of ??
Module: Geophysics
Module Title : Geophysics

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
General Geophysics Phys3181 3 5
EXploration Geophysics Phys3182 3 5
Total 6 10

Geophysics is an interdisciplinary physical science concerned with the nature of the earth and its environ-
ment and as such seeks to apply the knowledge and techniques of physics, mathematics and chemistry to
understand the structure and dynamic behavior of the earth and its environment. In exploration Geophysics,
physical principles are applied to the search for and evaluation of resources such as oil, gas, minerals, water
and building stone. There is an increasing demand for geophysicists, particularly in developing countries to
work in the management of resources and the associated environmental issues, consulting, oil companies, aca-
demic research areas. Therefore, this module is compulsory for Geology and an elective module for Physics
departments so that they will gain a thorough knowledge and practical skills in all aspects of natural resources
exploration.
Objectives of the module are:
• Gain a thorough knowledge and practical skills in all aspects of natural resources.
• Gain basic knowledge of the physical and mathematical principles behind geophysical processes
• Introducing various methods of analyzing and imaging earth
• Apply knowledge and techniques of physics, mathematics and chemistry to understand the structures
and dynamic behaviors of the earth and its environment.
• Identify environmental hazards and evaluate areas for dams, building construction sites, roads, tunnels,
geothermal areas, water resources, and so on.
• Design and develop techniques for optimized measurement and processing of geophysical data
• Enhance the inter-personal and transferable skills
• Develop presentation and report writing skills
• Solve environmental and engineering problems
Module Competency
Up on completion of this module students
214
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Geophysics
• Can be employed and work in any geophysical related works such as Mineral, Ground water, petroleum
and foundation explorations.
• Collect, order, analyze and interpret geophysical data, using computers and other electronic systems,
and write and present scientific reports in geophysics.
Module Description
This module focuses on Earths gravity, Isostasy, Seismicity, Geomagnetism, Exploration Geophysics, structure
and composition of the earth, measuring the physical properties by applying different methods: (Gravity
method, Magnetic method, Electric method), Seismic exploration, Radiometric and Geothermal exploration,
Planning and implementation of geophysical exploration, visiting geophysical observatories, Well logging and
using different instruments and computing methods to measure physical properties of resources.

Phys3181 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3182 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 215 of ??
General Geophysics

Course Title : General Geophysics
Mode of delivery: Full Semester; Weeks required: ——-
Prerequisite(s): None Co-requisite(s): None
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course provides students with the basic knowledge in the application of geophysical methods; with the
knowledge and skills in survey design, field procedures, and presentation of results, interpretation of anoma-
lies.
Course Outcomes
Upon successful completion of the course, students will know the basic principles of geophysics (gravity,
waves, magnetism, and heat) as applied to unraveling the hidden structure and composition of the earth.
Course Description
Gravity: fundamental principles, mass and density; gravitational potential and equipotential surfaces; The
Earth’s shape and normal gravity; gravity anomalies. Isostasy: crustal thickness and the surface relief of the
Earth. Seismology: forces within the earth and crustal deformation; Stress and strain, Mechanical response
of rocks to deformation; tectonic structures; earth processes; physical principles; seismic waves; elasticity and
seismic waves; Seismic wave velocity variations within Earth, travel-time curves and travel times within Earth,
Seismic tomography. Geomagnetism: geomagnetic fields and variations of the geomagnetic field; diurnal and
secular variations; magnetic anomalies; magnetic character of continental and oceanic crust. Heat Flow: The
sources of the Earth’s heat; internal and external heat; transfer of heat from the interior to the surface.

1) The Earth’s Gravity 11 4 18 33
2) Isostasy 3 1 10 14
3) Seismicity 12 4 20 36
4) Geomagnetism 9 3 18 30
5) The sources of internal and external heat and 3 1 7 11
their applications
6) Video shows, visits to a nearby 3 1 7 11
geophysical observatories
Total 41 14 75 135
216
Method of Teaching
Lecture, video, short visits to nearby geophysical observatories

Week 1 The Earths gravity Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
• Newton’s law of gravity Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Gravity potentials, ac- sion swering questions, Asking and an-
celeration Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Gravitational potentials ing provide assign- Doing Home work,
Questioning ment home and library
and answering Encourage learners reading
to participate in Doing class work
discussion,
checking class
work
Week 2 • The Earths shape and Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
composition Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Normal gravity and sion swering questions, Asking and an-
gravity anomalies Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
ing provide assign- Doing Home work,
discussion,
checking class
work
Assignment I
Week 3 Isostacy Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
• Mechanics of Isostacy Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Isostacy and oceanic sion swering questions, Asking and an-
lithosphere Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Isostacy and continental ing provide assign- Doing Home work,
lithosphere Questioning ment home and library
Seismicity to participate in Doing class work
• Stress and Strain discussion,
checking class
work
Test I
Week 4 • Seismic waves and their Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
velocity variation within Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
Earth sion swering questions, Asking and an-
• Refraction and reflec- Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
tion seismic ing provide assign- Doing Home work,
discussion,
checking class
work
Page 217 of ??

Week 5 • The wave equation Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
• Seismic tomography Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
ing provide assignment Doing Home work,
Questioning Encourage learners home and library
and answering to participate in dis- reading
cussion, Doing class work
checking class work
Week 6 • Global seismicity distri- Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
bution Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
Geomagnetism Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Origin of earths mag- ing provide assignment Doing Home work,
netism and magnetic Questioning Encourage learners home and library
field and answering to participate in dis- reading
checking class work
Assignment II
Week 7 • Magnetism and plate Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
motions Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• Magnetization of rocks sion ing questions, Asking and an-
and paleo-magnetism Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Magnetic anomalies ing provide assignment Doing Home work,
checking class work
Test II
Week 8 The sources of internal Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
and external heat and Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
their application sion ing questions, Observe online
• Heat transfer in the Problem solv- solve examples, demonstration
Earth ing provide assignment Asking and an-
• Oceanic heat budget Questioning Show online demon- swering questions,
and answering stration Doing Home work,
Video shows, visits Observation Encourage learners home and library
to a nearby geophysical to participate in dis- reading
observatories cussion, Doing class work
checking class work
Final Exam
Assessment Method
1 Test I Week 3 10%
Test II Week 7 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
Lowrie, W. L., Fundamentals of Geophysics, Cambridge University Press.
Page 218 of ??
References
1. Fowler, C. M. R., The Solid Earth: An Introduction to Global Geophysics, 2nd ed., Cambridge University
Press.
2. Mussett, M; Khan, M., A Looking into the Earth: An Introduction to Geological Geophysics. Cambridge
University Press,2000.
3. Stacey, Frank D.: Physics of the earth. 2nd Ed., Wiley, 1977.
4. Schubert, G., Turcotte, D., and Olson, P.: Mantle Convection in the Earth and Planets, Cambridge Uni-
versity Press Press.
5. Introduction to Geophysical Prospecting, Dobrin M.B, 1976.
6. Turcotte, D.; Schubert, G.: Geodynamics. 2nd ed., Cambridge University Press, 2002.
Page 219 of ??
Exploration geophysics

Course Title : Exploration geophysics
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course provides students with the basic knowledge in the application of geophysical methods; with the
knowledge and skills in survey design, field procedures, and presentation of results, interpretation of anoma-
lies.
Course Outcomes
• have skill of operating the different instruments of geophysics

• data collection and interpretation;
• be able to prospect the deep seated resources of the earth.
Course Description
The course covers the following main topics: Basic principles and applications of geophysical exploration;
Overview of the different geophysical methods; Gravity Method: General principles, the gravity field of the
Earth, stable and unstable gravimeters, gravity data correction, Regional Residual Separation, Interpretations;
Magnetic Method: Principles, The magnetic field of the Earth, Magnetometers: Hotchkiss Super dip, Schmidt
balance and the Proton-Precision magnetometers, ground and airborne magnetic surveys, magnetic data cor-
rections, data presentation and qualitative interpretation; Electrical Methods, types of electrical methods of
prospecting; Resistivity methods: Resistivity Sounding and Profiling, Theory of Images: Hummel’s Image,
Theory and apparent resistivity over two-layer Earth, two-layer master curves; The Self Potential Method:
Principles and origin, Field procedure, applications; Induced Polarization Method: Principles, origin, Field
procedure and applications; Seismic Methods: Elementary principles of seismic reflection and refraction meth-
ods, Two- and three-layer reflection and refraction problems including inclined layers, Applications, Field
procedure, Fundamentals of seismic instrumentation
220

1) Introduction to Exploration Geophysics 3 1 7 11
2) Gravity Methods 5 2 8 15
3) Magnetic methods 5 2 10 17
4) Electric methods 6 2 8 16
5) Seismic Exploration 5 2 9 16
6) Well logging 4 1 10 15
7) Other geophysical exploration 3 1 8 12
8) Planning and implementation of 5 2 11 18
geophysical exploration
9) Field excursion 5 2 8 15
Total 41 15 74 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Introduction to Explo- Lecture Introducing the Listen to a lesson,
ration Group discus- course guide book take short notes,
• Geophysics Basic prin- sion Present the lesson, Asking and an-
ciples and application of Problem solv- asking and answering questions,
geophysical exploration ing swering questions, Doing Home work
• Overview of different Questioning solve examples, questions,
geophysical methods and answering provide reading home and library
assignment reading
Gravity Methods Encourage learners Doing class work
• General principles, to participate in questions
gravity field of the Earth discussion,
checking their class
work
Week 2 •Gravimeters, stable and Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
unstable Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Corrections applied to sion swering questions, Asking and an-
gravity data Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Interpretation of gravity ing provide reading Doing Home work
data Questioning assignment questions,
and answering Encourage learners home and library
Magnetic methods to participate in reading
• General principles, discussion, Doing class work
magnetic field of earth checking their class questions
work
Assignment I
Page 221 of ??

Week 3 • Magnetometers, field Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
procedures Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Ground and airborne sion swering questions, Asking and an-
magnetic surveying Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Correction applied to ing provide assign- Doing Home work,
magnetic data Questioning ment home and library
• Interpretation and pre- and answering Encourage learners reading
sentation of data for discussion, Doing class work
checking class questions
work
Test I
Week 4 Electric methods Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
• Types of electrical meth- Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
ods of prospecting sion swering questions, Asking and an-
• Resistivity method Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Theory and apparent ing provide assign- Doing Home work,
resistivity Questioning ment home and library
• Induced polarization and answering Encourage learners reading
method for in discussion, Doing class work
checking class
work
Week 5 Seismic Exploration Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
• Elementary principles Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
of seismic reflection and sion swering questions, Asking and an-
refraction methods Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Two -layer reflection ing provide assign- Doing Home work,
and refraction, inclined Questioning ment home and library
and horizontal layer and answering Encourage learners reading
• Three- layer reflection for discussion, Doing class work
and refraction of inclined checking class
and horizontal work
• Application, field pro-
cedures and fundamen-
tals of seismic instrumen-
tation
Assignment II
Week 6 Well logging Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
• Overview of well log- Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
ging and its application: sion swering questions, Asking and an-
resistivity and SP, Induc- Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
tion, gammas ing provide assign- Doing Home work,
• Litho logy identification Questioning ment home and library
from porosity log; clay and answering Encourage learners reading
quantification from logs, for discussion, Doing class work
saturation estimation checking class questions
work
Week 7 Other geophysical ex- Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
ploration Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Radiometric sion swering questions, Asking and an-
• Geothermal Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
ing provide assign- Doing Home work,
Planning and implemen- Questioning ment home and library
tation of geophysical and answering Encourage learners reading
exploration for discussion, Doing class work
• Planning and design of checking class
the field work work
• Implementation and
quality control
Test II
Page 222 of ??

Week 8 • Case studies Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
Field excursion sion swering questions, Observe online
• Measurements of resis- Problem solv- solve examples, demonstration
tivity using geophysical ing provide assign- Asking and an-
instruments in field such Questioning ment swering questions,
as, Terameter, IP etc and answering Show online Doing Home work,
• Electric equipment and Observation demonstration home and library
basic field procedure Encourage learners reading
for discussion, Doing class work
checking class
work
Final Exam
Assessment
1 Test I Week 3 10%
Test II Week 7 10%
Total 100%
References
1. Applied Geophysics, Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, QES A663
2. Burger, H.R. : Exploration Geophysics of Shallow Subsurface, Prentice Hall, TN26 B86 1992.
3. Dobrin, M.B. Introduction to Geophysical Prospecting. McGraw Hill, New York, (1960).
4. Keller, G.V. and Frischknecht F. C. Electrical Methods of Geophysical Prospecting. Pergamon Press, New
York, (1996) .
5. Telford, W.M, Geldart, L.P and Sheriff, R.E. Applied Geophysics. Cambridge University Press, Cam-
bridge, (1990).
6. Geophysical Exploration, Hanfer Publshing vompany, TN269 H37 (1963).
7. Foundation of Exploration Geophysics, Elsevier, TN269A75.
8. Applied and Environmental Geophysics, John M..Reynolds
9. Applied Geophysics,Telford,W.B
Page 223 of ??
Module: Stellar Physics
Module Title : Stellar Physics

Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Stellar Physics I Phys3191 3 5
Stellar Physics II Phys3192 3 5
Total 6 10

We propose to study the formation, structure, evolution and environment of all types of stars in particular
through the measurement of their magnetospheres, i.e. through the association of spectropolarimetry and
spectroscopy in the UV and visible domains.
The UV domain is crucial in stellar physics because it is particularly rich in atomic and molecular transitions,
and covers the region in which the intrinsic spectral distribution of hot stars peaks. The UV lines are the least
influenced by non-LTE effects in stellar photospheres and are thus most useful e.g. for quantitative abundance
determinations. The lower levels of these lines are less likely to depopulate in low density environments such
as chromospheres, circumstellar shells, stellar winds, nebulae and the interstellar medium, and so remain
the only useful diagnostics in most of these environments. Another advantage of observing in the UV is the
extreme sensitivity of the Planck function to the presence of small amounts of hot gas in dominantly cool
environments.
The UV and visible spectropolarimeter will consequently provide a very powerful and unique tool to study
most aspects of stellar physics in general and in particular for stellar formation, structure and evolution as
well as for stellar environment.
By the completion of this module, the students should accomplish the following objectives:
• Understand how the first stars formed, evolved and influenced their environment, enriching it in various
elements and leading to new generations of stars.
• Pinpoint the mechanisms by which stars and their planetary systems form today.
• Understand about how a stellar environment influences its planets and thus life on the planets.
• Acquisition of a basic understanding of star formation and stellar atmosphere physics.
• Acquisition of a basic understanding of stellar evolution.
• Acquisition of a basic understanding of stellar nucleosynthesis.
Module Competency
Up on completion of this module students will be able to work
• In research center for new understanding of how oxygen from Earths own atmosphere contributes to
space storms;
224
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Stellar Physics
• In research center of emergence of a long-term decline in the density of Earths upper atmosphere, indica-
tive of planetary change;
Module Description
This module is a showcase for how the various branches of physics come together to give rise to real-life
phenomena. Using the example of stars, we will revisit a wide range of different physics and see how the
various ingredients interact and thus how all branches of physics play a role in creating the fundamental
building blocks of the universe. The emphasis of the course is on the more theoretical aspects of physics.
The module include: A physical introduction to stars, Thermodynamic State of the Stellar Interior, Energy
Transport in the Stellar Interior, Thermonuclear Reaction Rates, Major Nuclear Burning Stages in Stellar Evo-
lution, Calculation of Stellar Structure, Synthesis of the Heavy Elements.

Phys3191 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Phys3192 42 15 14 - 49 15 135
Page 225 of ??
Stellar Physics I

Course Title : Stellar Physics I
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Stellar physics, a branch of astrophysics, is the study of stars throughout their lifetime and compact objects
such as white dwarfs and neutron stars.
The knowledge and methods acquired in this course is useful for begining astrophysicists in addition to being
transferable to other areas of career.
Learning Outcomes
• describe parameters of stars
• explain thermodynamics of the stellar interior
• energy transport in stellar interior
• explain thermonuclear reaction rates
Course Description
A physical introduction to stars: Luminosity, Stellar Temperature, Mass, Radius, Energetics, the Hertzpring-
Russel Diagram, Stellar Populations, Stellar Evolution, Nucleosynthesis.
Thermodynamic State of the Stellar Interior: Mechanical Pressure of a Perfect Gas, Quasi-static Changes of
State, the Ionized Real Gas, Polytropes.
Energy Transport in the Stellar Interior: Energy Balance, Radiative Transfer, Opacity of Stellar Matter, Conduc-
tion, Connective Instability of the Temperature Gradient, Neutrino Emission
226
Thermonuclear Reaction Rates: Kinematics and Energetics, Cross Section and Reaction Rate, Non-resonant Re-
action Rates, Nuclear States, Penetration Factors, Maximum Cross Section and Resonant Reactions, Resonant
Reaction Rates in Stars, Electron Shielding.

1) A physical introduction to stars 4 4 10 18
2) Thermodynamic State of the Stellar Interior 10 10 24 44
3) Energy Transport in the Stellar Interior 6 6 18 30
4) Thermonuclear Reaction Rates 10 10 23 43
Total 30 30 75 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 A physical introduction Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
to stars Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Luminosity sion swering questions, Asking and an-
• Stellar Temperature, Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
Mass, Radius, Energetic ing provide reading Doing Home work
• The Hertzpring-Russel Questioning assignment questions,
Diagram and answering Encourage learners home and library
• Stellar Populations to participate in reading
• Stellar Evolution discussion, Doing class work
work
Week 2 • Nucleosynthesis Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
Thermodynamic State of sion swering questions, Asking and an-
the Stellar Interior Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Mechanical Pressure of ing provide reading Doing Home work
a Perfect Gas Questioning assignment questions,
to participate in reading
work
Assignment I
Week 3 • Quasi-static Changes of Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
State Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
sion swering questions, Asking and an-
ing provide reading Doing Home work
Questioning assignment questions,
work
Page 227 of ??

Week 4 • The Ionized Real Gas Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Polytropes Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
work
Test I
Week 5 Energy Transport in the Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Stellar Interior Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Energy Balance sion swering questions, Asking and an-
• Radiative transfer Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Opacity of Stellar Mat- ing provide reading Doing Home work
ter, Conduction, Connec- Questioning assignment questions,
tive and answering Encourage learners home and library
work
Week 6 • Instability of the Tem- Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
perature Gradient Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Neutrino Emission sion swering questions, Asking and an-
Thermonuclear Reac- ing provide reading Doing Home work
tion Rates Questioning assignment questions,
• Kinematics and Ener- and answering Encourage learners home and library
getics to participate in reading
work
Assignment II
Week 7 • Cross Section and reac- Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
tion Rate Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Non-resonant Reaction sion swering questions, Asking and an-
Rates Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Nuclear States, Penetra- ing provide reading Doing Home work
tion Factors Questioning assignment questions,
work
Test II
Week 8 • Maximum Cross Section Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
and Resonant Reactions Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
• Resonant Reaction sion swering questions, Asking and an-
Rates in Stars, Electron Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
Shielding ing provide reading Doing Home work
work
Week 9 Final Exam
Page 228 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 4 10%
Test II Week 7 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
Hale Bradt, Astrophysics Processes (1st Edition - hardback), Cambridge, (2008).
References
1. Donald D. Clayton, Principles of Stellar Evolution and Nucleosynthesis (2nd ed., - paper back), Chicago,
Page 229 of ??
Stellar Physics II

Course Title : Stellar Physics II
nator)
Class Hours:
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Stellar physics, a branch of astrophysics, is the study of stars throughout their lifetime and compact objects
such as white dwarfs and neutron stars.
Stellar physics is a very broad subject, astrophysicists typically apply many disciplines of physics, including
mechanics, electromagnetism, statistical mechanics, thermodynamics, quantum mechanics, relativity, nuclear
and particle physics, and atomic and molecular physics. In practice, modern astronomical research involves a
substantial amount of physics. Therefore knowledge and methods acquired in this course is useful for being
astrophysicists in addition to being transferable to other areas of career.
Learning Outcomes
• describe major nuclear burning stages in stellar evolution
• calculate major structural parameters
• describe synthesis of heavy elements
Course Description
Major Nuclear Burning Stages in Stellar Evolution: The Proton-Proton Reactions, PPII and PPIII chains, The
CNO Bi-cycle, Helium Burning, Advanced Burning Stages, Photo-disintegration.
Calculation of Stellar Structure: Boundary Conditions, M as the Independent Variable, Composition Changes,
Numerical Techniques, Contraction to the Main Sequence, The Main Sequence, Advanced Stellar Evolution,
Radiation, Mass Loss, Pulsation.
230
Synthesis of the Heavy Elements: Photo-disintegration, Rearrangement and Silicon Burning, Nuclear Statisti-
cal Equilibrium and the e-Process, Nucleosynthesis of Heavy Elements by Neutron Capture.

1) Major Nuclear Burning Stages in Stellar Evolution 12 12 31 55
2) Calculation of Stellar Structure 10 10 23 43
3) Synthesis of the Heavy Elements 8 8 21 37
Total 30 30 75 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Major Nuclear Burning Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Stages in Stellar Evolu- Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
tion sion swering questions, Asking and an-
• The Proton-Proton Re- Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
actions, PPII and PPIII ing provide reading Doing Home work
chains Questioning assignment questions,
work
Week 2 • The CNO Bi-cycle Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
• Helium Burning Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
work
Week 3 • Advanced Burn- Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
ing Stages, Photo- Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
disintegration sion swering questions, Asking and an-
work
Page 231 of ??

Week 4 Calculation of Stellar Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Structure Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• Boundary Conditions, sion ing questions, Asking and an-
M as the Independent Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
Variable ing provide assignment Doing Home work,
• Composition Changes, Questioning Encourage learners home and library
Numerical Techniques and answering to participate in dis- reading
• Contraction to the Main cussion, Doing class work
Sequence checking class work
Assignment I
Week 5 • The Main Sequence Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
• Advanced Stellar Evo- Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
lution sion ing questions, Asking and an-
• Radiation, Mass Loss Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
ing provide assignment Doing home work,
checking class work
Test I
Week 6 • Pulsation Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Synthesis of the Heavy sion ing questions, Asking and an-
Elements Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
• Photo-disintegration ing provide reading as- Doing Home work
Questioning signment questions,
to participate in dis- reading
work
Assignment II
Week 7 • Rearrangement and Sil- Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
icon Burning Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• Nuclear Statistical Equi- sion ing questions, Asking and an-
librium and the e-Process Problem solv- solve examples, swering questions,
checking class work
Test II
Week 8 •Nucleosynthesis of Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Heavy Elements by Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
Neutron Capture sion ing questions, Asking and an-
checking class work
Week 9 Final Exam
Page 232 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 5 10%
Test II Week 7 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
Hale Bradt , Astrophysics Processes (1st Edition - hardback), Cambridge, (2008).
References
1. Donald D. Clayton, Principles of Stellar Evolution and Nucleosynthesis (2nd ed., - paper back), Chicago,
Page 233 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Physics Teaching
Module: Physics Teaching
Module Code: Phys-M3201; EtCTS of Module: 5 ; Module Title: Physics Teaching

Course Title : Physics Teaching; Course Status: Elective
Prerequisite(s): ; Co-requisite(s):
Students’ College/Faculty: ; Department: Physics
nator)
Class Hours:
Approved by: Dean
D. Head
Team Leader
Module Rationale
The physics curriculum is designed to produce physics graduates in a three years period of time. At the last
year, students are introduced to elective module so that they can adjust their future/work career. As far as the
current status is concerned teaching is a sector for a better employment. The national educational policy also
encourages producing as many physics teachers as possible for all the educational levels. To become a physics
teacher a person should have a strong interest in science in general and a passion for physics in particular.
Thus, this module is intended particularly for physics students who may be interested in a career in teaching.
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this module students will have demonstrated the ability to:
• Identify and describe key aspects of a teacher’s practice in the science classroom/laboratory;
• explain the structure and purposes of the National Curriculum for physics ;
• explain the role of investigative work in the learning of science;
• show how learning in physics depends significantly on the knowledge and understanding of physics
children bring with them to the classroom;
• distinguish between the different modes of assessment (i.e. formative, summative, ipsative) and the role
in learning physics;
• relate theoretical aspects of teaching and learning physics to the practice of physics teachers observed in
the school
• Develop skill of written and oral communication and presentation
• Develop self-directed learning, problem analysis with research and reflection
Module Competency
Up on successful completion of this course the student would be effective physics teacher who (is)
• Capable of teaching physics in secondary and preparatory schools with enthusiasm
Page 234 of ??
• Consult curriculum experts in designing and Analyzing physics curriculum for secondary schools and
lower levels
Module Description
This module provides students with an introduction to the teaching and learning of physics at secondary level.
It aims to: (a) provide an opportunity for students to engage in observational practice; (b) become familiar with
the content of the national curriculum; (c) develop an understanding of the nature of science teaching and the
difficulties encountered by children in the learning of physics; d) appreciate the role of assessment in the
learning and teaching of science.
Module Outline
1. Starts with the good reasons to become a high school physics teacher to motivate the learner (such as the
impact, respect, flexibility, satisfaction, security, learning, income etc).
2. Considers teaching and theories of teaching within the context of physics education.
3. Introduce learning the history and nature of physics, about the application of physics in business and
industry
4. Includes a range of practical activities within a teaching context which are designed to illustrate the
underlying theories, use mathematics as a tool in problem solving.
5. Considers issues such as curriculum and how it is interpreted, children’s learning in physics, the role of
assessment, the purposes of practical/investigative work and the role of the teacher.
6. Encourages participation of females in physics, provide deeper coverage of fewer physics concepts, make
connection between physics and other disciplines, use computers for practice, use of the internet. Intro-
duce interesting web sites and the journal of the physics teacher
7. Includes four Wednesday mornings spent in a local school physics department. During these periods,
students review the relationship between teaching and learning;
8. Issues related to designing a curriculum for physics; explore the purposes of teaching physics; find out
how children learn physics; observe the elements of science teaching; examine the conceptual nature of
Physics learning; evaluate their experiences. Through the school experience ideas introduced during the
seminars can be observed in operation.

1) History and nature of Physics Education 3 3 8 14

2) Good reasons to become a high school Physics Teacher 2 2 5 9
3) Application of Physics in business and industry 2 2 5 9
4) Problem solving techniques in Physics 5 5 10 20
5) The wonders of Physics 2 2 5 9
6) The nature of the national high school Physics Curricu- 4 4 10 18
lum
7) Technologies in Teaching and Learning Physics 3 3 10 16
8) Seminars through school observation 9 9 22 40
Total 30 30 75 135
Method of Teaching
Lecture, demonstration, observation, visit, group work, assignments, presentation, Online learning resources.
Page 235 of ??

Week 1 History and nature Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
of Physics Educa- Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
tion sion swering questions, Asking and answering ques-
Questioning provide reading tions,
and answering assignment Doing Home work ques-
Encourage learners tions,
to participate in home and library reading
discussion Doing class work questions
Assignment I
Week 2 Good reasons to be- Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
come a high school Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
Physics Teacher sion swering questions, Asking and answering ques-
Week 3 Application of Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Physics in business Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
and industry sion swering questions, Asking and answering ques-
Test I
Week 4 Problem solving Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
and 5 techniques in Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
Physics sion swering questions, Asking and answering ques-
Problem solv- provide reading tions,
ing assignment Doing work questions,
Questioning Solve examples home and library reading
and answering Encourage learners Doing class work questions
to participate in
discussion
Week 6 The wonders of Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
Physics Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
sion swering questions, Asking and answering ques-
Problem solv- provide reading tions,
to participate in
discussion
Week 7 The nature of Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
and 8 the national high Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
school Physics sion swering questions, Asking and answering ques-
Curriculum Problem solv- provide reading tions,
to participate in
discussion
Assignment II
Page 236 of ??

Week 9 Technologies in Lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson,
teaching and learn- Group discus- asking and an- take short notes,
ing Physics sion swering questions, Asking and answering ques-
Online demon- provide reading tions,
stration assignment Doing work questions,
Questioning Demonstrate on- home and library reading
and answering line resources Demonstrate online re-
Encourage learners sources
to participate in
discussion
Test II
Week 10, School observation Field work Guiding, Observe live class room,
11 and Observation Provide formates, take notes,
12 Seminar pre- provide reading Asking and answering ques-
sentation assignment tions,
Questioning Encourage learners Discuss with the school
and answering to participate in teacher,
discussion home and library reading
Write reporte and give short
seminar
Week 13 Seminar Seminar pre- Guiding, Writing report,
and 14 sentation Provide formates, Give prsentation,
Questioning Questioning and
and answering answering
Encourage learners
to participate in
discussion
Week 15 Final Exam
Assessment
1 Test I Week 4 10%
Test II Week 9 10%
2 Assignment 2 Week 2 10%
4 Seminar Week 14 20%
Total 100%
1. The High School text books of the Ethiopian national curriculum
2. Teaching physics using PhET simulations http://phet.colorado.edu/teacher ideas/classroom-use.php
3. A Smarter Way to Teach Physics, University of the Sunshine Coast
Page 237 of ??
Module: Environmental Physics

Course Title : Environmental Physics
Course Code: Phy3211 ; Credits Hours: 3
Prerequisite(s): Phys1011 Co-requisite(s): None
nator)
Class Hours:
Approved by: Dean
D. Head
Team Leader
Course Rationale
Environmental Physics concerns the description and analysis of physical processes that establish the condi-
tions under which all species of life survive and reproduce. The subject involves a synthesis of mathematical
relations that describe the physical nature of the environment and the many biological responses that environ-
ments evoke. Environmental Physics has become more widely used by biologists, atmospheric scientists and
climate modelers to specify interactions between surfaces and the atmosphere.
Learning Outcomes
• understand the basic composition, structure and dynamics of the atmosphere,
• explain the workings of the hydrologic cycle and discuss the mechanisms of water transport in the atmo-
sphere and in the ground,
• discuss specific environmental problems such as acid rain, ozone depletion and global warming in the
context of an overall understanding of the dynamics of the atmosphere,
• discuss the problems of energy demand and explain the possible contributions of renewable energy
supply,
• describe the transport of solar radiation through the atmosphere to the Earth’s surface and subsequent
emission of infra-red radiation and its transport back through the atmosphere into space,
• discuss the global energy budget and the reasons for current reliance upon fossil fuels,
• describe the potential future energy sources including nuclear fusion
Module Competency
Up on completion of this module students
• Can Participate and work in the process of solving environmental and energy conservation problems of
the Country.
• Give technical and professional advice to the community in the field of environmental protection.
238
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Environmental Physics
Module Description
The main topics included are: Preliminary Remarks, Environmental Concerns, Radiation, Solar Radiation,
Radiation Balance, Absorption of Electromagnetic Waves, Composition of Atmosphere, Ocean Currents, Wa-
ter Flow, Soil Temperature, Energy Demand, Renewable Energy Sources, Power Consumption, Efficiency of
Systems, Noise level, Noise Pollution

Lecture Home T.Load
1) Preliminary Remarks 5 8 13
2) Radiation 9 20 29
3) Fluid Dynamics of the Environment 12 24 36
4) Ground 5 10 15
5) Energy and Environment 9 18 27
6) Sound and Noise 5 10 15
Total 45 90 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Preliminary Remarks Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
• Introduction group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Environmental con- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
cerns in the late 20th problem solv- Invite and inspire swering questions,
century ing class students to ask Solving problems
• Physics in understand- home assign-
questions in class,
ing global climate change ment Give class and doing home work
Assignment I
Radiation Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Week 2 • Sun as the prime source group discus- Make students take short notes,
of energy for the earth sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Solar energy input, problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
cycles daily and annual ing class lem solving class Solving problems
Week 3 • Spectrum of solar ment home assignments doing Home work
radiation reaching the and assignment,
earth
• Total radiation and the
Stefan Boltzmann, Wien
and Kirchoff laws
• Radiation balance at the
earths surface and deter-
mination of the surface
temperature
Week 4 • Ozone layers and deple- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
tion group discus- Make students take short notes,
• CO2, methane, H2O sion discuss in group Asking and an-
and the greenhouse effect problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• Molecular absorption of ing class lem solving class Solving problems
electromagnetic wave home assign- Give class and in class,
• Radioactivity and ion- ment home assignments doing Home work
ization and assignment,
Test I
Page 239 of ??

Week 5 Fluid Dynamics of the Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Environment group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Structure and composi- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
tion of the atmosphere problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• Escape velocity ing class lem solving class Solving problems
• Temperature structure home assign- Give class and in class,
and lapse rate ment home assignments doing Home work
• How unequal heating Give feedback of and assignment,
leads to atmospheric cir- the quiz Learn from the
culation surface and high feedback.
winds Hadley, Ferrell and
Polar cells
Week 6 • Acid rain as a regional Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
problem group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Diurnal variation of sion discuss in group Asking and an-
pressure problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• Evaporation and con- ing class lem solving class Solving problems
densation, thunderstorms home assign- Give class and in class,
• Coriolis force due to the ment home assignments doing Home work
rotation of the earth ap- Give feedback of and assignment,
plied to atmospheric and the quiz Learn from the
ocean currents feedback.
Assignment II
Week 7 Hydrological cycle and Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
budget, physical proper- group discus- Make students take short notes,
ties of water sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Vapor pressure, dy- problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
namic equilibrium, evap- ing class lem solving class Solving problems
oration and condensation home assign- Give class and in class,
• Saturated vapor pres- ment home assignments doing home work
sure, Cloud formation Short quiz Set time for quiz and assignment,
• Ocean currents as trans- and implement it Prepare for quiz
porters of energy
• Sea level changes and
the greenhouse effect
Test II
Ground Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
Week 8 • Soils and soil types group discus- Make students take short notes,
sion discuss in group Asking and an-
Week 9 • Water flow through problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
soils and rocks ing class lem solving class Solving problems
• Soil temperatures home assign- Give class and in class,
Give feedback of and assignment,
the quiz Learn from the
feedback
Energy and Environ- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
Week ment group discus- Make students take short notes,
10 • Energy demands and sion discuss in group Asking and an-
energy resources problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• Environmental probing class lem solving class Solving problems
lems of energy produc- home assign- Give class and in class,
tion ment home assignments doing home work
and assignment,
Page 240 of ??

Week • Renewable energy Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
11 sources group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Power consumption sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Annual energy budget- problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
ing, long term trends ing class lem solving class Solving problems
• Efficiency of systems home assign- Give class and in class,
ment home assignments doing home work
and assignment,
Assignment III
Week • Energy audit for a Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
12 building group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Insulation of a building sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Thermal conduction problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
through materials ing class lem solving class Solving problems
ment home assignments doing home work
set time for quiz and assignment,
and implement it prepare for quiz
Test III
Week Sound and Noise Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
13 • Definition of the decibel group discus- Make students take short notes,
and sound levels sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Measures of noise lev- problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
els; effect of noise levels ing class lem solving class Solving problems
on hearing home assign- Give class and in class,
Week • Noise pollution Give feedback of and assignment,
14 • Domestic noise; design the quiz Learn from the
of partitions feedback
15
Week Final Exam
16
Assessment
1 Test I Week 4 5%
Test II Week 7 10%
Total 100%
1. Peter Hughes, Introduction to Environmental physics
2. Egbert Boeker and Rienk van Grondelle, Environmental physics
3. John Monteith and Mike Unsworth, Principles of environmental physics
4. Nigel Mason and Peter Hughes, Introduction to Environmental Physics: Planet Earth, Life and Climate
Page 241 of ??
Module: Introduction to Laser Physics

Course Title : Introduction to Laser Physics
Course Code: Phy3221 ; Credits Hours: 3
Prerequisite(s): Phys2022 and Phys2072 Co-requisite(s): None
nator)
Class Hours:
Approved by: Dean
D. Head
Team Leader
Course Rationale
This course is intended to introduce basic concepts of stimulated light amplification mechanisms and their
possible applications. With significant advance in laser technology and its quite diverse applications, it would
be necessary if the students acquire the fundamental background of laser in undergraduate level.
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this course students will able to
• develop familiarity with historical development of laser Physics,

• describe properties of light generated by laser,
• explain the fundamental laws and principles applicable in laser,
• elaborate some peculiar applications of laser,
• understand the mechanism responsible for nonclassical properties of light,
• describe different sources of laser.
Module Competency
Up on successful completion of this module the students have the ability to:
• Design/set up beam pointing system, beam focussing controls, beam power and beam quality measure-
ments lndaser amplifier
• work and consult in areas that uses laser applications
242
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Introduction to Laser Physics
Module Description
Review of Essential Concepts in Laser, Characteristics of Laser Light, Optical Cavities, Optical Pumping, Beam
Optics, Atomic Radiation, Spontaneous and Stimulated Emission of Radiation, Optical Laser Excitation, Ein-
stein’s Coefficients, Population Inversion, Laser Oscillation, Laser Frequencies, Laser Rate Equation, Types of
Laser, Applications of Laser

Lecture Group Home T.Load
No Topic (hrs) Study (hrs) (hrs) (hrs)
1) Introduction to LASERS 12 7 20 39
2) Radiation 7 4 13 24
3) Types of Laser 7 5 12 24
4) Dynamics of Laser Process 9 6 15 30
5) Applications of Laser 10 6 17 33
Total 30 28 77 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Introduction to LASER Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Review of essential con- Group discus- Supervise tioning and an-
cepts sio Group discussion swering
• Historical accounts self study Participate in
• Characteristics of laser group discussion
light
Week 2 • Optical cavities Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Optical pumping Self Study Set In class questioning and an-
• Beam optics tions swering
• Monochromaticity
• Coherence properties of
laser light
Week 3 • Einsteins coefficients and Lecture Prob- Deliver lecture Set Proactive in ques-
light amplification Gain and lem solving Self In class questions tioning, answering
threshold Study And problems solving problems
Week 4 • Laser oscillation Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Laser frequencies Problem solv- Set In class questioning, answering,
• Shape and width of spec- ing tions solving problems
tral lines Self Study And problems
Assignment I
Week 5 Radiation Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Atomic radiation Problem solv- Set In class questioning, answering,
• Spontaneous and stimu- ing tions solving problems
lated emission of radiation Self Studyi And problems
• Optical laser excitation
Week 6 • Laser rate equations Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• Population inversion Problem solv- Set In class questioning, answering,
• Two- and Three-level lasing ing tions solving problems.
Self Study And problems
Group assign-
ment
Test I
Page 243 of ??

Week 7 Types of LASER Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
• The Ruby Laser Problem solv- Set In class questioning, answering,
• The Helium-Neon ing tions solving problems
Laser Self study Prepare for Test
• The carbon dioxide
Laser
Week 8 • Solid state lasers

• Dye Lasers
• Semiconductor lasers
Assignment II
Week 9 Dynamics of LASER pro- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
cess Problem solv- Set In class questioning, answering,
• Laser rate equation ing tions solving problems
• Pulsed lasers Self Study And problems
Week • The Quality factor• The Lecture• Prob- Deliver lecture Proactive in
10 ultimate line width of the lem solving• • Set In class questioning,
laser• Q switching• Mode Self Study questions• And answering,• solv-
locking problems ing problems
Week • Giant pulse dynamic Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
11 •s Light amplifiers Problem solv- Set In class questioning, answering,
ing tions solving problems
Self Study
Test II
Week Applications of LASER Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
12 • Spatial frequency filter- Self Study Set In class questioning and an-
ing tions swering
• Holography
Week • Parametric harmonic Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
13 generation Problem solv- Set In class questioning, answering,
• Second harmonic gen- ing tions solving problems
eration Self Study And problems
• Stimulated Raman Individual Set Problems
emission Assignmen
• Self focusing
Week • Four-wave mixing Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
14 • Spectroscopic consider- Problem solv- Set In class questioning, answering,
ation ing tions And prob- solving problems
• Lasers in Isotope sepa- Self Study lems
ration
• Phase matching
Week • Lasers in Optical com- Lecture Deliver lecture Proactive in ques-
15 munication: the optical Self Study Set In class questioning and an-
fiber. tions swering
• Lasers in industry and
medicine
Week Final Exam
16
work in team.
Page 244 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 6 10%
Test II Week 11 10%
Total 100%
• Homework will consist of selected end of chapter problems: 20%

• In-class participation (asking questions, discussing homework, answering questions): 5%
• quizzes and Tests (25%),
• All in all the continuous assessment covers 50 %
• Final Semester Examination (50%)
Course Textbook
Peter W. Milonni and Joseph H. Eberli, Laser Physics, John Wiley and Son Inc. (2009).
1. Murray III Sargent, Marlan O. Scully and Willis E. Lamb, Laser Physics, West View Press, (1978).
2. O. Svelto and D C Hanna, Principles of Lasers
3. F. A. Jenkins and H. A. White, Fundamentals of Optics, McGraw Hill, 4th ed., (2001).
Page 245 of ??
9.3 PHYSICS SERVICE MODULES
Page 246 of ??
Mechanics and Heat for Maths
Module Code: Phys-M2233; EtCTS of Course: 7 ; Course Status: Service

Course Title : Mechanics and Heat for Mathematics
Course Code: Phys2231, ; Credits Hours: 4
Mode of delivery: —————; Weeks required: ———-
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: II/
Students’ College/Faculty: ———; Department: ———
nator)
Address: Block No. ; Rm. No.
Class Hours:
Approved by: Dean
D. Head
Team Leader
Module Rationale
Physics is the scientific study of matter and energy and how they interact with each other. The main intend of
this course is to set students familiar with the laws and principals of mechanics and heat so that they can easily
understand the physical phenomena takes place in their surroundings and appreciate the role of physics to
understand Mathematical formulas and equations. Mechanics part of this course describes conditions of rest or
motion of a particle and system of particles where as the heat part deals with temperature and thermodynamic
laws.
Module Description
This module holds mechanics, heat and temperature components. Mechanics part of this module discusses
kinematics and dynamics of rectilinear and rotational motion of a particle in one, two and three dimensions
and describes vector representation and vector algebra. Moreover it includes work and energy, dynamics of
system of particles and simple harmonic motion. The temperature and heat component of the module includes
temperature and thermometry, heat energy laws of thermodynamics and kinetic theory of gasses.
Learning Outcomes
• compute average and instantaneous values of velocity, speed and acceleration
• derive the kinematic equations for uniformly accelerated one-dimensional motion
• solve problems involving bodies moving in one-dimensional and two-dimensional motion using the
concepts in calculus and trigonometry
• explain some implications of Newton’s laws of motion
• derive the work-energy theorem
• solve mechanics problem using impulse, momentum and the conservation of linear momentum
• apply the law of conservation of linear momentum to collisions
• repeat the procedures followed in rectilinear motion for rotational motion
• explain basic laws of heat and thermodynamics
247
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Mechanics and Heat for Maths
Module Outline: EtCTS(7)

1) Vectors 2 1 4 7
2) One and Two Dimensional Motions 4 2 7 13
4) Work and Energy 7 3 10 20
7) Simple Harmonic Motion 4 2 7 13
8) Temperature and Thermometry 2 1 4 7
9) Heat and Energy 4 2 6 12
10) Gas Laws and Basic Laws of Thermodynam- 6 3 10 19
ics
11) Kinetic Theory of Gasses 6 3 10 19
12) The Second Law of Thermodynamics 4 2 7 13
Total 60 30 99 189
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Vectors Gapped Lecture Give lecture Follow up to the
• Vector algebra group discus- Make students lesson,
• Geometrical and alge- sion discuss in group take short notes
braic representation of problem solv- Invite and inspire Asking and an-
vectors ing class students to ask swering questions,
• Vector addition questions Solving problems
• Vector multiplication Provide class and in class
home tasks Practice the prob-
One and Two Dimen- lems at home
sional Motions
• Average and instanta-
neous velocity
• Average and instanta-
neous acceleration
Week2 • Motion with constant Gapped Lecture Give lecture Follow up to the
acceleration group discus- Make students lesson,
• Projectile motion sion discuss in group take short notes
• Uniform circular mo- problem solv- Invite and inspire Asking and an-
tion ing class students to ask swering questions,
questions Solving problems
Provide class and in class
home tasks Practice problems
at home
Assignment I
Week 3 Particle Dynamics Gapped Lecture Give lecture Follow up to the
• Newton’s Laws of Mo- group discus- Make students lesson,
tion sion discuss in group take short notes
• Friction Force problem solv- Invite and inspire Asking and an-
• Application of New- ing class students to ask swering questions,
ton’s Laws questions Solving problems
• velocity dependent Provide class and in class
forces home tasks Solve the assign-
ment at home
Test I
Page 248 of ??

Week 4 WORK and ENERGY Gapped Lecture Give lecture Follow up the
• Work done by constant group discus- Make students lesson,
and variable forces sion discuss in group take short notes
• the work energy theo- problem solv- Solve examples Asking and an-
rem ing class Invite and inspire swering questions,
students to ask Learn from feed-
Week 5 • Conservative and questions back of assignment
non-conservative forces, Provide class and Solving problems
conservative force and home tasks in class
potential energy, Give feedback of
• Conservation of me- assignment I
chanical energy
• Power
Week 6 Dynamics of System of Gapped Lecture Give lecture pay attention to
Particles group discus- Make students the lesson and take
• Linear Momentum and sion discuss in group short notes
Impulse problem solv- Give class and Asking and an-
• Conservation of Mo- ing home tasks swering questions
mentum home assign- Set a time for Solving problems
• system of particles ment problem solving in class
• Center of mass Questioning Doing Home work
• Center of mass of a and answering questions
rigid body
• Motion of system of
particles
Week 7 • Elastic and Inelastic

Collision (1 and 2-D)
• Elastic collisions in
one-dimension
• Two-dimensional elas-
tic collisions
• Systems of variable
mass
Assignment II
Week 8 Rotation of Rigid Bodies Gapped Lecture Give lecture pay attention to
• Rotational motion with group discus- Make students the lesson and take
constant and variable an- sion discuss in group short notes
gular accelerations problem solv- Give class and Asking and an-
• Rotational kinetic en- ing home tasks swering questions
ergy home assign- Solving problems
• Moment of inertia ment in class
• Rotational dynamics Questioning Doing Home work
and answering questions
Week 9 • Torque and angular mo- Gapped Lecture Give lecture pay attention to
mentum group discus- Make students the lesson and take
• Work and Power in Ro- sion discuss in group short notes
tational Motion problem solv- Give class and Asking and an-
• Conservation of Angu- ing home tasks swering questions
lar Momentum home assign- Solving problems
• Relation between linear ment in class
and angular motions Questioning Doing Home work
and answering questions
Test II
Page 249 of ??

Week SIMPLE HARMONIC Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
10 MOTION group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Energy in Simple Har- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
monic Motion problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• Equations of Simple ing lem solving class Solving problems
Harmonic Motion home assign- Give class and in class,
• Pendulum ment home tasks doing home tasks
• Damped and forced
oscillations
• Resonance
Week Temperature and Ther- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
11 mometry group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Temperature Scale sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• Thermometry, The fixed problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
Points ing class lem solving class Solving problems
• Thermocouple home assign- Give class and in class,
ment home work doing home work
Heat and Energy
• Heat Energy
• Heat Capacity and
Specific Heat Capacity
• Specific Latent Heat
• Heat Loses
Assignment III
Week Gas Laws and Basic Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
12 Laws of Thermodynam- group discus- Make students take short notes,
ics sion discuss in group Asking and an-
• The Gas laws problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
• Internal Energy ing class lem solving class Solving problems
• The First Law of Ther- home assign- Give class and in class,
modynamics ment home work doing Home work
• Isothermal and Adia-
batic Changes
• Work done By Gas
Week Kinetic Theory of Gasses Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson,
13 • Ideal Gas group discus- Make students take short notes,
• Temperature and ki- sion discuss in group Asking and an-
netic theory problem solv- Set a time for prob- swering questions,
ing class lem solving class Solving problems
Week • Boltzmanns Con- home assign- Give class and in class,
14 stant ment home work doing Home work
• Grahams law of Diffu-
sion
• Maxwells Distribution
of Molecular Speeds
Week The Second Law of Ther- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to a lesson
15 modynamics group discus- Make students and take short
• Heat Engines and Ther- sion discuss in group notes, Asking
modynamic Efficiency problem solv- Set a time for prob- and answering
• The Carnot Cycle ing lem solving class questions, Solving
• The Second Low of Give class and problems in class,
Thermodynamics home tasks doing home work
• The Kelvin Temperature
Scale
• Entropy
Week Final Exam
16
Page 250 of ??
Assessment
1 Test I Week 3 5%
Test II Week 9 10%
Total 100%
work in team.
Course Textbook
References
ed., 2005
Page 251 of ??
Mechanics and Heat for Chemists and Geologists

Course Title : Mechanics and Heat for Chemists and Geologists
Mode of delivery: ———; Weeks required: ——-
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: I/
Students’ College/Faculty: ———-; Department: Chemistry, Earth Science
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ———–
nator)
Class Hours:
Approved by: Dean
D. Head
Team Leader
Module Rationale
Physics is the scientific study of matter and energy and how they interact with each other. The main intend of
this course is to set students familiar with the laws and principals of mechanics and heat so that they can easily
understand the physical phenomena takes place in their surroundings and appreciate the role of physics to
understand applied Sciences. Mechanics part of this course describes conditions of rest or motion of a particle
and system of particles where as the heat part deals with temperature and thermodynamic laws.
Module Description
This module holds mechanics, heat and temperature components. Mechanics part of this module discusses
kinematics and dynamics of rectilinear and rotational motion of a particle in one, two and three dimensions
and describes vector representation and vector algebra. Moreover it includes work and energy, dynamics of
system of particles and simple harmonic motion. The temperature and heat component of the module includes
temperature and thermometry, heat energy laws of thermodynamics and kinetic theory of gasses.
Module Outcomes
• compute average and instantaneous values of velocity, speed and acceleration
• derive the kinematic equations for uniformly accelerated one-dimensional motion
• solve problems involving bodies moving in one-dimensional and two-dimensional motion using the
concepts in calculus and trigonometry
• explain some implications of Newton’s laws of motion
• derive the work-energy theorem
• solve mechanics problem using impulse, momentum and the conservation of linear momentum
• apply the law of conservation of linear momentum to collisions
• repeat the procedures followed in rectilinear motion for rotational motion
• explain basic laws of heat and thermodynamics
252
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Mechanics and Heat for Chem and Geol

1) VECTORS 2 1 2 5
2) ONE and TWO DIMENSIONAL MO- 5 3 6 14
TIONS
4) WORK and ENERGY 7 5 10 22
7) SIMPLE HARMONIC MOTION 3 2 4 9
8) Heat and Thermodynamics 8 5 10 23
Total 60 30 60 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Vectors Gapped Lecture Give lecture Follow up the
• Vector algebra group discus- Make students lesson,
• Geometrical and al- sion discuss in group take short notes
gebraic representation of problem solv- Invite and inspire Asking and an-
vectors ing students to ask swering questions,
• Vector calculus questions Solving problems
Provide class and in class
home tasks Practice the prob-
lems at home
Week 2 One and Two Dimen- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Follow up the
sional Motions group discus- Make students lesson,
• Average and instanta- sion discuss in group take short notes
neous velocity problem solv- Invite and inspire Asking and an-
• Average and instanta- ing students to ask swering questions,
neous acceleration questions Solving problems
• Motion with constant Provide class and in class
acceleration home tasks Practice the prob-
• Projectile motion lems at home
• Uniform circular mo-
tion
Week 3 Particle Dynamics Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to the les-
• Newtons Laws of Mo- group discus- Make students son,
tion sion discuss in group take short notes
• Friction Force problem solv- Invite and inspire Asking and an-
• ing students to ask swering questions,
Week 4 Application of Newtons questions Solving problems
Laws Provide class and in class
• velocity dependent home tasks Practice the prob-
forces lems at home
WORK and ENERGY

• Work done by constant
and variable forces
Assignment I
Page 253 of ??

Week 5 •Work energy theorem Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to the les-
• Conservative and non- group discus- Solve examples son,
conservative forces, con- sion Make students take short notes
servative force and poten- problem solv- discuss in group Asking and an-
tial energy, ing Invite and inspire swering questions,
• Conservation of me- students to ask Solving problems
chanical energy questions in class
• Power Provide class and Practice the prob-
home tasks lems at home
Test I
Week 6 Dynamics of System of Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to the les-
Particles group discus- Solve examples son,
• Linear Momentum and sion Make students take short notes
Impulse problem solv- discuss in group Asking and an-
• Conservation of Mo- ing Invite and inspire swering questions,
mentum students to ask Solving problems
• system of particles questions in class
Provide class and Practice the prob-
Week 7 • Center of mass Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to the les-
• Center of mass of a group discus- Solve examples son,
rigid body sion Make students take short notes
• Motion of system of problem solv- discuss in group Asking and an-
particles ing Invite and inspire swering questions,
• Elastic and Inelastic students to ask Solving problems
Collision (1 and 2-D) questions in class
Week 8 • Elastic collisions in home tasks lems at home
one-dimension
• Two-dimensional elas-
tic collisions
• Systems of variable
mass
Assignment II
Week 9 Rotation of Rigid Bodies Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to the les-
• Rotational motion with group discus- Solve examples son,
constant and variable sion Make students take short notes
angular accelerations problem solv- discuss in group Asking and an-
• Rotational kinetic en- ing Invite and inspire swering questions,
ergy students to ask Solving problems
questions in class
Week • Moment of inertia Provide class and Practice the prob-
10 • Rotational dynamics home tasks lems at home
• Torque and angular
momentum
Week • Work and Power in Ro- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to the les-
11 tational Motion group discus- Solve examples son,
• Conservation of Angu- sion Make students take short notes
lar Momentum problem solv- discuss in group Asking and an-
• Relation between linear ing Invite and inspire swering questions,
and angular motions students to ask Solving problems
questions in class
Test II
Page 254 of ??

Week SIMPLE HARMONIC Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to the les-
12 MOTION group discus- Solve examples son,
• Energy in Simple Har- sion Make students take short notes
monic Motion problem solv- discuss in group Asking and an-
• Equations of Simple ing Invite and inspire swering questions,
Harmonic Motion students to ask Solving problems
• Pendulum questions in class
• Damped and forced Provide class and Practice the prob-
oscillations home tasks lems at home
• Resonance
Assignment III
Week Heat and Thermody- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to the les-
13 namics group discus- Solve examples son,
• Temperature, Zeroth sion Make students take short notes
law of thermodynamics, problem solv- discuss in group Asking and an-
• Heat, work, and ing Invite and inspire swering questions,
Internal energy of a students to ask Solving problems
thermodynamic system questions in class
Week • The first law of ther- Gapped Lecture Give lecture Listen to the les-
14 modynamics, and its group discus- Solve examples son,
consequences sion Make students take short notes
• The second law of ther- problem solv- discuss in group Asking and an-
modynamics, Carnots ing Invite and inspire swering questions,
engine students to ask Solving problems
Week • the first law of ther- questions in class
15 modynamics, and its Provide class and Practice the prob-
consequences home tasks lems at home
• The second law of ther-
modynamics, Carnots
engine
• Entropy, the third

law of thermodynamics,
Kinetic theory of gases
Week Final Exam
16
work in team.
Assessment
1 Test I Week 5 10%
Test II Week 11 10%
Total 100%
Page 255 of ??
Course Textbook
References
ed., 2005
Page 256 of ??
Electricity amd Magnetism for Chemists and Geologists

Course Title : Electricity amd Magnetism for Chemists and Geologists
Mode of delivery: ——; Weeks required: —–
Academic Year: 20 / ; Year/Semester: I/
Students’ College/Faculty: ———-; Department: Chemistry and Earth Science
Program: Undergraduate Enrollment: ———–
nator)
Class Hours:
Approved by: Dean
D. Head
Team Leader
Module Rationale
This module is designed to introduce concepts of classical electrodynamics with the aid of calculus. It also
emphasizes on establishing a strong foundation of the relation between electric and magnetic phenomena; a
concept that turns out to be a fundamental basis for many technological advances.
Learning Outcomes
Upon completion of this students should be able to:
• explain the basic concepts of electric charge, electric field and electric potential
• apply vector algebra and calculus in solving different problems in electricity and magnetism
• analyze direct and alternating current circuits containing different electric elements and solve circuit
problems
• describe properties of capacitors and dielectrics
• describe the magnetic field and solve problems related to the magnetic field and magnetic forces.
• discuss about electromagnetic induction
• state Maxwell’s equation in free space
• describe some applications of Maxwell’s equations
• describe electromagnetic radiation in medium and free space.
257
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Electricity amd Magnetism
Module Description
The topics to be included are Coulomb’s Law, Electric Field, Gauss’ Law, Electric Potential, Electric Potential
Energy, Capacitors and Dielectric, Electric Circuits, Magnetic Field, Bio-Savart’s Law, Ampere’s Law, Electro-
magnetic Induction, Inductance, Circuits with Time Dependent Currents, Maxwell’s Equations, Electromag-
netic Wave.
Module Outline
1) Electric Field 4 3 6 13
2) Electric Potential 3 2 4 9
3) Capacitance and Dielectrics 3 2 4 9
5) Magnetic Force 2 2 4 8
6) Calculation of Magnetic Field 4 3 6 13
7) Electromagnetic Induction 7 4 8 19
8) Inductance 4 2 4 10
9) AC Circuits 5 3 6 14
11) Nature of Light 6 4 8 18
Total 45 30 60 135
Method of Teaching

Week 1 Introduction (1 hr) Lecture Introducing the Listen to a lesson
Electric Field (4 HRS) Group discus- course guide book and take short
• Properties of electric sion Present the lesson, notes,
charges Questioning asking and an- Asking and an-
• Coulombs law and answering swering questions, swering questions,
• Electric field due to Solving prob- solve examples, doing problems,
point charge lems assign reading doing their class
• Electric dipole assignment, works,
• Electric field due to con- giving class works home and library
tinuous charge distribu- studying
tion
• Motion of charged par-
ticles in electric field
• Gauss Law
Electric Potential (2hrs)
• Electric potential energy
• Electric potential due to
point charge
• Electric potential due to
continuous charge distri-
bution
Assignment I
Page 258 of ??

Week 2 Electric Potential (1hr) Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson and
• Relation between potential Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
and electric field sion ing questions, Asking and answering
• Equi-potential surfaces Questioning solve examples, questions,
Capacitance and Dielectrics and answering assign reading as- doing problems,
(3hrs) signment, doing their class
• Capacitance giving class works works,
• Combination of Capacitors home and library
• Capacitors with dielectrics studying
• Electric dipole in an exter-
nal field
• Electric field energy
Direct Electric Current
(2hrs)
• Electric current and current
density
• Resistance and Ohm’s law
• Resistivity of conductors
• Electrical energy, work and
power
• Electromotive force
• Combinations of Resistors
Test I
Week 3 Direct Electric Current (1hr) Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson and
• Kirchhoff’s rules Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• RC circuits sion ing questions, Asking and answering
Magnetic Force (2hrs) Questioning solve examples, questions,
• Properties of magnetic field and answering assign reading as- doing problems,
• Magnetic force on a current signment, doing their class
carrying conductor giving class works works,
• Torque on a current loop in home and library
uniform magnetic field studying
• Motion of charged particles
in magnetic field
• Hall Effect
Calculation of Magnetic
Field (3hrs)
• Source of magnetic field
• Biot-Savarts law
• The force between two
parallel conductors
Group Assignment I
Week 4 Calculation of Magnetic Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson and
Field (1hrs) Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• Amperes Law and its sion ing questions, Asking and answering
application Questioning solve examples, questions,
Electromagnetic Induction and answering assign reading as- doing problems,
(5hrs) signment, doing their class
• Magnetic flux giving class works works,
• Gausss Law in Magnetism home and library
• Faradays Law of Induction studying
• Lenzz law
• Induced Emf (including
motional Emf )
Test II
Page 259 of ??

Wekk5 Electromagnetic Induction Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson and
(2hrs) Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• Induced electric field sion ing questions, Asking and answering
• Displacement current Questioning solve examples, questions,
Inductance (4 hrs) and answering assign reading as- doing problems,
• Self inductance and mutual signment, doing their class
inductance giving class works works,
• RL circuits home and library
• Energy in Magnetic field studying
• Oscillations in an LC
circuits
Assignment II
Week 6 AC Circuits (5 hrs) Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson and
• AC sources and phasors Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• Resistors in an AC circuits sion ing questions, Asking and answering
• Inductors in an AC circuits Questioning solve examples, questions,
• Capacitors in an AC cir- and answering assign reading as- doing problems,
cuits signment, doing their class
• The RLC series circuits giving class works works,
• Power in an AC circuits home and library
Maxwells Equations (4hrs) studying
• Maxwells equations
• Electromagnetic waves
Week 7 Nature of Light (6hrs) Gapped lecture Present the lesson, Listen to a lesson and
• Electromagnetic spectrum Group discus- asking and answer- take short notes,
• Propagation and speed of sion ing questions, Asking and answering
light Questioning solve examples, questions,
• Reflection and refraction and answering assign reading as- doing problems,
• Refractive index and opti- signment, doing their class
cal path giving class works works,
• Reversibility principle home and library
• Fermats principle studying
• Propagation of light in ma-
terial medium
Week 8 Final Exam
Assessment
1 Test I Week 2 10%
Test II Week 4 20%
Group Assignment Week 3 10%
Total 100%
Course Textbook
Raymond A. Serway, PHYSICS For Scientists & Engineers
References
1. Douglas C. Giancoli, Physics for scientists and engineers

2. Robert Resnick and David Halliday, Fundamentals of Physics
Page 260 of ??
9.4 SUPPORTIVE MODULES
Page 261 of ??
Module: Basic Calculus in One Variable
Module Title : Basic Calculus in One Variable

Module Status : Supportive
Module Code: Math-M1023
Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Calculus I Math1021 4 7
Calculus II Math1022 4 7
Total 8 14
NB: Module and course details will be developped by the Department of Mathematics.
Module: Linear Algebra
Module Title : Linear Algebra

Module Code: Math-M1041

hours EtCTS
Linear Algebra Math1041 3 5
Total 3 5
NB: Details will be worked out by the Department of Mathematics.

9.5 GENERAL EDUCATION MODULES
Page 263 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Civics and Ethics
Module: Basic English Skills
Module Title : Basic English Skills

Module Status : General Education
Module Code: EnLa-M1013
Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Communicative English EnLa1011 3 5
Writing Skills EnLa1012 3 5
Total 6 10
NB: Details will be workedout by the English Department.
Module: Civics and Ethics
Module Title : Civics and Ethics

Module Code: CESt-M1023
Approved by: Dean
D. Head

hours EtCTS
Civics and Ethical Education CESt1023 3 5
Total 3 5
NB: Details will be worked out by the Department of Civics and Ethical Education.
Modules
Page 264 of ??
Harmonized Modular Curriculum for BSc Program in Physics Civics and Ethics
• Basics Computer Skills (5 EtCTS) and

• Introduction to Programming (7 EtCTS)
will be worked out by the Department of Computer Science
Page 265 of ??

Harmonized - Curriculum - National Modularization

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Harmonized - Curriculum - National Modularization

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

NATIONAL MODULAR CURRICULUM

FOR THE DEGREE OF

Hagos Woldeghebriel (PhD.) Chairperson

Tadesse Tenaw (MSc.) Secretary

Participants in the Harmonization of Modularized Physics BSc Program

1 Abebe Getachew Hawassa abebegech@yahoo.com

2 Rationale of the Modular Curriculum 1

6.1 Admission Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4

6.2 Graduation Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

6.3 Grading Scale and Letter Grade System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

6.4 Degree Nomenclature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

8 Module Selection and Sequencing 6

8.1 Coding of Modules and Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

8.1.1 Module Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

8.1.2 Course Coding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

9.1.2 Elective Physics Modules: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9

9.1.3 Physics Service Courses: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

9.1.4 Supportive Modules: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

9.1.5 General Education Modules: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

10.1 PHYSICS COMPULSORY MODULES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

2 Rationale of the Modular Curriculum

• Changing the structure of curriculum from knowledge-based to competency-based structure,

The Modular BSc curriculum:

The harmonized physics modular curriculum places emphasis on :

The Physics program prepares its graduates to:

– investigative skills, to design, carry out, analyze and evaluate experiments;

• in teaching Physics in the high schools and preparatory schools;

• in science and technology agencies;

• in the Energy and Environment sector;

• as graduate assistants in Universities and Colleges;

• in collecting, analyzing and interpreting geophysical data;

• in space science research;

• in the areas of materials science technology and industry;

• in the radiation protection agency and in medicine as radiation expert;

• in the area of Meteorology

• in the agency for standardization and national quality control;

• in the media as Science communicator;

• working in the area of electronics and energy as a private employee;

• to undertake research for further studies in Physics related areas.

6.1 Admission Requirements

6.2 Graduation Requirements

Modules/Courses Cr. Hrs EtCTS

Physics Cumulative Grade Point Average 2.00

6.3 Grading Scale and Letter Grade System

Raw Mark Corresponding Corresponding

6.4 Degree Nomenclature

Amharic: yúYNS ÆClR Ä!G¶ bðz!KS

8 Module Selection and Sequencing

8.1 Coding of Modules and Courses

8.1.1 Module Coding

– 1 for first year module;

• The last digit indicate for type of the module:

– 1 for compulsory modules

8.1.2 Course Coding

– 1 for first year courses;

– 3 for third year course.

Title: The descriptive title of the module.

Module Rational: Why the module is designed in the program.

EtCTS: Ethiopian Credit Transfer and Accumulation System

Prerequisite: The module/knowledge that must be taken prior to the module.

Module Description: Describes the module coverage

Effective lecture hour: Equivalent to contact hours

9.1.1 Compulsory Physics Modules: